Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index - 4.2L (AKB, Aux & AYS Engines)
    • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) Index
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.2L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Front Doors, Central Locking System
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Front door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Greasing points for lower door hinge
          • Removing and installing side impact bar
        • Front window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing front window
          • Adjusting window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Front window regulator, removing and installing
        • Front door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing lock cylinder locking rod
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
        • Front door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installed position of spring
          • Removing trim panel for door handle
          • Installed position of coupling plate
      • Front door (from m.y. 1999 and on)
        • Door lock, removing and installing
        • Door lock cover, removing and installing
        • Front door lock operating rods, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing securing rod for lock cylinder
          • Adjusting locking lever play
          • Adjustment depth for securing rod
        • Door handle, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing microswitch
          • Removing and installing seal for door handle
        • Door handle, removing
          • Notes
          • Disengaging mount for door handle
          • Removing trim
        • Front door handle, preassembly
          • Notes
          • Peening pivot pin
          • Correct installation position of spring
          • Installing locking pins
      • Front door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • 1. Gap measurements
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size for door components carrier
      • Central locking system
        • Notes
        • Central locking system, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting vacuum lines
          • Removing and installing front door lock actuator
          • Removing and installing lock actuator for rear door
          • Removing and installing fuel filler flap lock actuator
          • Removing and installing rear lid lock actuator
          • Vacuum line routing in rear lid
          • Removing and installing pump for central locking system
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Instrument cluster, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip recorder display
          • Notes for replacing instrument cluster
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of instrument cluster, initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 010
          • Measuring value block 011
          • Measuring value block 012
          • Measuring value block 013
          • Measuring value block 014
          • Measuring value block 015
          • Measuring value block 050
          • Measuring value block 125
          • Measuring value block 126
          • Measuring value block 130
          • Measuring value block 140
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation table
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Resetting SRI after service
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge
          • Language version of driver information monitor
          • Odometer display
          • Adaptation of auxiliary heater
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge sender resistance range
          • Distance driven since service
          • Time since service
          • Minimum mileage performance
          • Maximum mileage performance
          • Maximum time interval
          • Adaptation of oil quality
          • Adaptation of total consumption quantity
          • Adaptation for power train data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for comfort system databus
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for information data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adapatation value
        • Input values for replacing instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Perform the following steps after replacing instrument cluster
        • Data exchange between control modules, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking bus system
          • Checking a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
            • Example 3
            • If you cannot determine a cause for the malfunction, e.g. "power train data-BUS faulty", check whether one of the control modules may be responsible for the DTC
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Notes for use and adaptation of vehicle key
        • Safety precautions
        • Anti-theft immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 022
          • Measuring value block 023
          • Measuring value block 024
        • Adaptation (function 10)
        • Adaptation of vehicle keys
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Lost key procedure
          • Notes
          • Determining the secret number
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Procedure
        • Login procedure
          • Notes
          • Login Procedure, instrument cluster
          • Login procedure, Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Emergency start function using VAG 1551
          • Notes
          • Requirements
      • Cruise control system (CCS), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Additional information
        • Safety precautions
        • CCS, checking
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 66
        • CCS, activating
        • CCS, deactivating
        • Electrical test using VAG 1598/31 test box
      • Acoustic Parking System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Acoustic Parking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 004
          • Measuring value block 005
          • Measuring value block 006
          • Measuring value block 007
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Adaptation table
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Notes
          • Perform basic setting
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting functions
        • Test requirements
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Central Locking System & Ultrasonic Interior Monitoring
      • V.A.G 1551 scan tool, connecting
      • Central locking system On Board Diagnostic (OBD) from 07.96
        • General information
        • Central Locking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Conditions:
          • Control module identification (example)
            • Notes
            • Available functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
        • End output (function 06)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
        • Code Control Module (function 07) for central locking
          • Notes
          • Coding table for vehicles up to 06.97:
          • Coding table for vehicles from 07.97:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Notes
          • Display Group 001
          • Display Group 002
          • Display Group 003
          • Display group 004, vehicles up to 03.97
          • Display group 004, vehicles from 03.97
        • Vehicle key for radio remote control, programming/erasing
          • Notes
          • Work step of adapting new radio-controlled keys
          • Work procedure for re-adapting existing radio-controlled keys
          • Work sequence for erasing memory positions
      • Ultrasonic interior monitoring system, through 06.97, servicing
        • General information
        • Function
        • Interior monitoring system, functional test
        • Interior monitoring system diagnostic
        • Diagnostic table
        • Corrective action
          • Notes
          • Sensor Check
          • Replace control module
          • Check wiring
        • Ultrasonic sensors for interior monitoring system, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for interior monitoring system, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Assignment of connector at control module
        • Assignment of connector at sensor
        • Momentary contact deactivation switch, checking
      • Ultrasonic interior monitoring system, from 07.97 on
        • General information
        • Function
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of interior monitoring system, initiating
          • Notes
          • Equipment version without side curtain airbag system
          • Equipment version with side curtain airbag system
          • Control module identification (example)
        • Available functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
        • End output (function 06)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (vehicles without side curtain airbag)
          • Notes
          • Checking power supply lead
            • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
            • Test sequence
          • Checking clock signal lead
            • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
            • Test sequence
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (vehicles with side curtain airbag)
        • Code Control Module (function 07) (vehicles without side curtain airbag)
        • Code Control Module (function 07) (vehicles with side curtain airbag)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Notes
          • Display Group 001 (equipment version without side curtain airbag system)
          • Display Group 001 (equipment version with side curtain airbag system)
        • Adaptation (function 10)
    • Rear Doors
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Rear door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Lower door hinge greasing points
          • Removing side impact bar
        • Rear window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing rear window
          • Adjusting rear door window stop
          • Adjusting rear window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Rear window regulator, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting window regulator motor harness connector
        • Rear door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for door locking mechanism
          • Disconnecting Bowden cable for door locking mechanism from hinged lever
          • Removing hinged lever
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing face plate for door handle
      • Rear door (m.y. 1999 and up)
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
        • Operating rods for rear door lock, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Bowden cable for door lock
        • Rear door handle, preassembly
      • Rear door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • 1. Size of gap
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size of door component carrier
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Instrument cluster, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip recorder display
          • Notes for replacing instrument cluster
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of instrument cluster, initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 010
          • Measuring value block 011
          • Measuring value block 012
          • Measuring value block 013
          • Measuring value block 014
          • Measuring value block 015
          • Measuring value block 050
          • Measuring value block 125
          • Measuring value block 126
          • Measuring value block 130
          • Measuring value block 140
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation table
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Resetting SRI after service
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge
          • Language version of driver information monitor
          • Odometer display
          • Adaptation of auxiliary heater
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge sender resistance range
          • Distance driven since service
          • Time since service
          • Minimum mileage performance
          • Maximum mileage performance
          • Maximum time interval
          • Adaptation of oil quality
          • Adaptation of total consumption quantity
          • Adaptation for power train data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for comfort system databus
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for information data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adapatation value
        • Input values for replacing instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Perform the following steps after replacing instrument cluster
        • Data exchange between control modules, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking bus system
          • Checking a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
            • Example 3
            • If you cannot determine a cause for the malfunction, e.g. "power train data-BUS faulty", check whether one of the control modules may be responsible for the DTC
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Notes for use and adaptation of vehicle key
        • Safety precautions
        • Anti-theft immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 022
          • Measuring value block 023
          • Measuring value block 024
        • Adaptation (function 10)
        • Adaptation of vehicle keys
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Lost key procedure
          • Notes
          • Determining the secret number
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Procedure
        • Login procedure
          • Notes
          • Login Procedure, instrument cluster
          • Login procedure, Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Emergency start function using VAG 1551
          • Notes
          • Requirements
      • Cruise control system (CCS), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Additional information
        • Safety precautions
        • CCS, checking
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 66
        • CCS, activating
        • CCS, deactivating
        • Electrical test using VAG 1598/31 test box
      • Acoustic Parking System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Acoustic Parking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 004
          • Measuring value block 005
          • Measuring value block 006
          • Measuring value block 007
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Adaptation table
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Notes
          • Perform basic setting
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting functions
        • Test requirements
  • Communication Devices
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Radio, Navigation, Steering & Telematics
      • Radio, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Applications
          • Technical features of radio systems
        • Radio On Board Diagnostic (OBD) initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirement
          • Through m.y. 2001
          • From m.y. 2002
          • All vehicles
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
          • Notes
          • Through m.y. 2001
          • From m.y. 2002
          • All vehicles
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
          • Through m.y. 2001
          • From m.y. 2002
          • All vehicles
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Coding procedure
          • Through m.y. 2001
            • Coding example: 00117
          • From m.y. 2002
            • Coding example: 00637
            • Coding table - through m.y. 2001
            • Coding table - from m.y. 2002
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Summary of display groups - through m.y. 2001
          • Summary of display groups - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 001 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 001 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 002 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 002 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 004 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 005 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 005 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 006 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 007 - through m.y. 2001
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation (function 10), initiating
          • Vehicle speed display, enable/disable
          • Long wave reception, enable/disable (where applicable)
          • Transport Mode, activate/deactivate
      • Navigation system III (NS-Low) through 01.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Equipment features:
          • Function description
        • Navigation system III On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004
          • Display group 005
          • Display group 006
          • Display group 007
          • Display group 008
          • Display group 010
        • Function status register
          • Function description
          • Test requirements:
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation, initiating
          • Tire circumference, adapting
          • Impulse number/wheel rotation (GALA), checking
          • Production diagnostic function (function status register), enabling/disabling
          • Speaker connection, adapting
          • Country selection, adapting
      • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0) from 01.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Navigation IV - additional equipment features:
          • Navigation IV - additional function descriptions:
        • Navigation system IV On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements:
          • Address word for Navigation: 37
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004
          • Display group 005
          • Display group 006
          • Display group 007
          • Display group 008
          • Display group 010
        • Function status register
          • Function description
          • Test requirements:
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation, initiating
          • Tire circumference, adapting
          • Impulse number/wheel rotation (GALA), checking
          • Production diagnostic function (function status register), enabling/disabling
          • Speaker connection, adapting
          • Country selection, adapting
          • Dynamic route guidance (where applicable), adapting
      • Multi-function steering wheel, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Technical features
        • Multi-function steering wheel On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Code control module, initiating
          • Coding example - control module Index "C": 00101
          • Coding table - control module Index "C"
          • Coding table - control module Index "D"
          • Coding table - control module Index "J"
          • Coding table - control module Index "L"
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
      • Telematics, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Telematics, technical features
        • Telematics On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
          • Scan tool display texts
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating:
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Code Control Module, initiating
          • Coding example: 0003333
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004
          • Display group 005
          • Display group 020
          • Display group 021
          • Display group 022
          • Display group 023
          • Display group 024
          • Display group 025
          • Display group 026
          • Display group 027
          • Display group 028
          • Display group 029
          • Display group 030
          • Display group 078
          • Display group 079
          • Display group 080
          • Display group 125
          • Display group 126
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation (function 10), initiating
          • Transport Mode, activating/deactivating
          • Example: Deactivate Transport Mode
          • Emergency (back-up) battery, switch on/off, reset time register
          • Emergency (back-up) battery adaptation examples:
          • Example: Switch off emergency (back-up) battery
          • Example: Switch on emergency (back-up) battery
          • Example: Reset emergency (back-up) battery time register
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551/1552 Scan Tool (ST), connecting
        • Test conditions
        • Through m.y. 2001:
        • From m.y. 2001:
        • VAG 1551 Scan Tool use:
    • Radio, Telephone, Navigation, Trip Computer
      • Radio system
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Applications
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Retrofitting of radio systems
          • CD equipment, retrofitting
        • Transport Mode ("Symphony" radio from m.y. 2002), deactivating
        • Radio system, layouts and terminal assignments through m.y. 1999,
          • "Delta" & "Delta - BOSE" radio (m.y. 1997), layout
            • Notes
            • Multi-pin connectors I, II, III (on back of radio), terminal assignments
              • 20-pin connector I
              • 8-pin connector II (brown)
              • 8-pin connector III (black)
          • "Concert" & "Concert - BOSE" radio (m.y. 1998-1999), layout
          • Multi-pin connectors I, II, III, IV (on back of radio), terminal assignments
            • Notes
            • 20-pin connector I
            • 8-pin connector II (brown)
            • 8-pin connector III (black)
            • 10-pin connector IV (red)
          • "Symphony" & "Symphony with BOSE" radio system (from m.y. 2000), layout
            • Notes
            • Terminal assignment of multi-pin connectors I, II, III, IV at rear of radio
              • Notes
              • 20-pin multi-pin connector I
              • 8-pin multi-pin connector II, brown
              • 8-pin multi-pin connector III, black
              • 10-pin multi-pin connector IV, red
        • "Delta" & "Concert" radio system through m.y. 1999, component overview
        • "Symphony" radio system from m.y. 2000, component overview
        • "Symphony" radio, wiring electrical connectors
        • "Delta" & "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Loudspeakers, removing and installing
          • Loudspeakers in front doors, removing
          • Installing
          • Loudspeakers in rear doors, removing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Loudspeakers in rear parcel shelf, removing
            • Notes
            • Installing
        • CD changer - "Delta" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • CD changer - "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • CD changer - "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cable between radio and CD changer, checking
        • BOSE amplifier, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Power antenna - "Delta" & "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Radio/telephone rod antenna, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Antenna amplifier - "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
        • Antenna selection control module -J515- ("Symphony" radio), removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Telephone system
        • General information
        • Hands-free Telephone through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Cellular telephone (preparation) through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Digital cellular telephone (preparation) from m.y. 2002, layout
        • Telephone docking station in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone docking station retainer/bracket in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone docking station retainer/bracket in center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • Digital cellular telephone docking station/retainer in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Digital cellular telephone docking station/retainer in center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • Telephone transceiver -R36-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Operating Electronics and Telephone Control Module -J412- through m.y. 2001, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone microphone -R38- through m.y. 1999, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone microphone -R38- from m.y. 2000, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Speaker (telephone/navigation) -R39-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Mast antenna, retrofitting
      • Navigation system III (NS-Low) through 01.01
        • Application note
        • General information
        • General description
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Navigation system III, layout
        • Terminal assignments/harness connectors on Control module for navigation with CD drive -J401-
          • Notes
          • Terminal assignment of multi-pin harness connectors I, II, III, IV on control module for navigation with CD drive -J401-
            • Notes
            • 20-pin multi-pin connector I
            • Black 8-pin multi-pin connector III
        • Navigation system III, component overview
        • Function selection switch II in center console -E272, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Antenna for navigation (GPS) -R50-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Roof antenna for navigation/telematics (GPS) from m.y. 2002, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Speaker for telephone/navigation -R39-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Navigation control module with CD drive -J401-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0) from 01.01
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Navigation IV - additional equipment features:
          • Navigation IV - additional function descriptions:
          • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0), layout
          • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0), component overview
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Steering wheel with audio controls m.y. 1997-1999
        • General information
        • Integrated audio switches in steering wheel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Multi-function steering wheel
        • General information
          • Notes
          • System parameters
          • Function description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Multi-function steering wheel through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Multi-function steering wheel from m.y. 2002, layout
        • Multi-function steering wheel switch/button functions, overview
          • Tiptronic (automatic transmission) functions
          • Radio functions
          • Radio/Cassette functions
          • Radio/CD functions
          • Telephone functions
        • Multi-function steering wheel switches/buttons, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing:
        • Control module for multi-function steering wheel -J453-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing:
      • Telematics
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Telematics, technical features
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Audi Telematics by OnStar(R), functions
          • Telematics Control Head - OnStar(R) controls
          • Telematics Control Head - OnStar(R) system status light
          • OnStar(R) Personal Calling
        • Telematics system, troubleshooting using OnStar(R) system status light
          • Notes
          • Condition - system status light "green" plus:
          • Condition - system status light "red"
        • Transport Mode, deactivating
        • Telematics system, layout
        • Terminal assignments/electrical connectors on Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-
          • Notes
          • 42-pin multi-pin connector
        • Telematic system, component overview
        • Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-, replacing and reconfiguring
          • Notes
          • Replacing
          • Reconfiguration
        • Antenna Splitter -R87-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telematic Control Head -E264-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone Microphone -R38-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Emergency battery, switching off/on
          • Notes
          • Switch off emergency battery
          • Switch on emergency battery
        • Emergency battery, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Reinstalling existing emergency battery
          • Installing new emergency battery
        • Auxiliary Speaker (Telematic) -R91-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cellular telephone antenna, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Cruise Control
      • Cruise control system (CCS)
        • General information
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Instrument cluster, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip recorder display
          • Notes for replacing instrument cluster
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of instrument cluster, initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 010
          • Measuring value block 011
          • Measuring value block 012
          • Measuring value block 013
          • Measuring value block 014
          • Measuring value block 015
          • Measuring value block 050
          • Measuring value block 125
          • Measuring value block 126
          • Measuring value block 130
          • Measuring value block 140
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation table
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Resetting SRI after service
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge
          • Language version of driver information monitor
          • Odometer display
          • Adaptation of auxiliary heater
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge sender resistance range
          • Distance driven since service
          • Time since service
          • Minimum mileage performance
          • Maximum mileage performance
          • Maximum time interval
          • Adaptation of oil quality
          • Adaptation of total consumption quantity
          • Adaptation for power train data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for comfort system databus
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for information data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adapatation value
        • Input values for replacing instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Perform the following steps after replacing instrument cluster
        • Data exchange between control modules, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking bus system
          • Checking a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
            • Example 3
            • If you cannot determine a cause for the malfunction, e.g. "power train data-BUS faulty", check whether one of the control modules may be responsible for the DTC
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Notes for use and adaptation of vehicle key
        • Safety precautions
        • Anti-theft immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 022
          • Measuring value block 023
          • Measuring value block 024
        • Adaptation (function 10)
        • Adaptation of vehicle keys
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Lost key procedure
          • Notes
          • Determining the secret number
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Procedure
        • Login procedure
          • Notes
          • Login Procedure, instrument cluster
          • Login procedure, Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Emergency start function using VAG 1551
          • Notes
          • Requirements
      • Cruise control system (CCS), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Additional information
        • Safety precautions
        • CCS, checking
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 66
        • CCS, activating
        • CCS, deactivating
        • Electrical test using VAG 1598/31 test box
      • Acoustic Parking System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Acoustic Parking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 004
          • Measuring value block 005
          • Measuring value block 006
          • Measuring value block 007
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Adaptation table
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Notes
          • Perform basic setting
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting functions
        • Test requirements
  • Entertainment Systems
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Radio, Navigation, Steering & Telematics
      • Radio, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Applications
          • Technical features of radio systems
        • Radio On Board Diagnostic (OBD) initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirement
          • Through m.y. 2001
          • From m.y. 2002
          • All vehicles
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
          • Notes
          • Through m.y. 2001
          • From m.y. 2002
          • All vehicles
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
          • Through m.y. 2001
          • From m.y. 2002
          • All vehicles
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Coding procedure
          • Through m.y. 2001
            • Coding example: 00117
          • From m.y. 2002
            • Coding example: 00637
            • Coding table - through m.y. 2001
            • Coding table - from m.y. 2002
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Summary of display groups - through m.y. 2001
          • Summary of display groups - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 001 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 001 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 002 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 002 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 004 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 005 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 005 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 006 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 007 - through m.y. 2001
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation (function 10), initiating
          • Vehicle speed display, enable/disable
          • Long wave reception, enable/disable (where applicable)
          • Transport Mode, activate/deactivate
      • Navigation system III (NS-Low) through 01.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Equipment features:
          • Function description
        • Navigation system III On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004
          • Display group 005
          • Display group 006
          • Display group 007
          • Display group 008
          • Display group 010
        • Function status register
          • Function description
          • Test requirements:
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation, initiating
          • Tire circumference, adapting
          • Impulse number/wheel rotation (GALA), checking
          • Production diagnostic function (function status register), enabling/disabling
          • Speaker connection, adapting
          • Country selection, adapting
      • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0) from 01.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Navigation IV - additional equipment features:
          • Navigation IV - additional function descriptions:
        • Navigation system IV On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements:
          • Address word for Navigation: 37
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004
          • Display group 005
          • Display group 006
          • Display group 007
          • Display group 008
          • Display group 010
        • Function status register
          • Function description
          • Test requirements:
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation, initiating
          • Tire circumference, adapting
          • Impulse number/wheel rotation (GALA), checking
          • Production diagnostic function (function status register), enabling/disabling
          • Speaker connection, adapting
          • Country selection, adapting
          • Dynamic route guidance (where applicable), adapting
      • Multi-function steering wheel, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Technical features
        • Multi-function steering wheel On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Code control module, initiating
          • Coding example - control module Index "C": 00101
          • Coding table - control module Index "C"
          • Coding table - control module Index "D"
          • Coding table - control module Index "J"
          • Coding table - control module Index "L"
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
      • Telematics, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Telematics, technical features
        • Telematics On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
          • Scan tool display texts
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating:
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Code Control Module, initiating
          • Coding example: 0003333
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004
          • Display group 005
          • Display group 020
          • Display group 021
          • Display group 022
          • Display group 023
          • Display group 024
          • Display group 025
          • Display group 026
          • Display group 027
          • Display group 028
          • Display group 029
          • Display group 030
          • Display group 078
          • Display group 079
          • Display group 080
          • Display group 125
          • Display group 126
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation (function 10), initiating
          • Transport Mode, activating/deactivating
          • Example: Deactivate Transport Mode
          • Emergency (back-up) battery, switch on/off, reset time register
          • Emergency (back-up) battery adaptation examples:
          • Example: Switch off emergency (back-up) battery
          • Example: Switch on emergency (back-up) battery
          • Example: Reset emergency (back-up) battery time register
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551/1552 Scan Tool (ST), connecting
        • Test conditions
        • Through m.y. 2001:
        • From m.y. 2001:
        • VAG 1551 Scan Tool use:
    • Radio, Telephone, Navigation, Trip Computer
      • Radio system
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Applications
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Retrofitting of radio systems
          • CD equipment, retrofitting
        • Transport Mode ("Symphony" radio from m.y. 2002), deactivating
        • Radio system, layouts and terminal assignments through m.y. 1999,
          • "Delta" & "Delta - BOSE" radio (m.y. 1997), layout
            • Notes
            • Multi-pin connectors I, II, III (on back of radio), terminal assignments
              • 20-pin connector I
              • 8-pin connector II (brown)
              • 8-pin connector III (black)
          • "Concert" & "Concert - BOSE" radio (m.y. 1998-1999), layout
          • Multi-pin connectors I, II, III, IV (on back of radio), terminal assignments
            • Notes
            • 20-pin connector I
            • 8-pin connector II (brown)
            • 8-pin connector III (black)
            • 10-pin connector IV (red)
          • "Symphony" & "Symphony with BOSE" radio system (from m.y. 2000), layout
            • Notes
            • Terminal assignment of multi-pin connectors I, II, III, IV at rear of radio
              • Notes
              • 20-pin multi-pin connector I
              • 8-pin multi-pin connector II, brown
              • 8-pin multi-pin connector III, black
              • 10-pin multi-pin connector IV, red
        • "Delta" & "Concert" radio system through m.y. 1999, component overview
        • "Symphony" radio system from m.y. 2000, component overview
        • "Symphony" radio, wiring electrical connectors
        • "Delta" & "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Loudspeakers, removing and installing
          • Loudspeakers in front doors, removing
          • Installing
          • Loudspeakers in rear doors, removing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Loudspeakers in rear parcel shelf, removing
            • Notes
            • Installing
        • CD changer - "Delta" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • CD changer - "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • CD changer - "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cable between radio and CD changer, checking
        • BOSE amplifier, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Power antenna - "Delta" & "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Radio/telephone rod antenna, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Antenna amplifier - "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
        • Antenna selection control module -J515- ("Symphony" radio), removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Telephone system
        • General information
        • Hands-free Telephone through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Cellular telephone (preparation) through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Digital cellular telephone (preparation) from m.y. 2002, layout
        • Telephone docking station in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone docking station retainer/bracket in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone docking station retainer/bracket in center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • Digital cellular telephone docking station/retainer in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Digital cellular telephone docking station/retainer in center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • Telephone transceiver -R36-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Operating Electronics and Telephone Control Module -J412- through m.y. 2001, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone microphone -R38- through m.y. 1999, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone microphone -R38- from m.y. 2000, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Speaker (telephone/navigation) -R39-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Mast antenna, retrofitting
      • Navigation system III (NS-Low) through 01.01
        • Application note
        • General information
        • General description
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Navigation system III, layout
        • Terminal assignments/harness connectors on Control module for navigation with CD drive -J401-
          • Notes
          • Terminal assignment of multi-pin harness connectors I, II, III, IV on control module for navigation with CD drive -J401-
            • Notes
            • 20-pin multi-pin connector I
            • Black 8-pin multi-pin connector III
        • Navigation system III, component overview
        • Function selection switch II in center console -E272, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Antenna for navigation (GPS) -R50-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Roof antenna for navigation/telematics (GPS) from m.y. 2002, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Speaker for telephone/navigation -R39-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Navigation control module with CD drive -J401-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0) from 01.01
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Navigation IV - additional equipment features:
          • Navigation IV - additional function descriptions:
          • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0), layout
          • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0), component overview
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Steering wheel with audio controls m.y. 1997-1999
        • General information
        • Integrated audio switches in steering wheel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Multi-function steering wheel
        • General information
          • Notes
          • System parameters
          • Function description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Multi-function steering wheel through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Multi-function steering wheel from m.y. 2002, layout
        • Multi-function steering wheel switch/button functions, overview
          • Tiptronic (automatic transmission) functions
          • Radio functions
          • Radio/Cassette functions
          • Radio/CD functions
          • Telephone functions
        • Multi-function steering wheel switches/buttons, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing:
        • Control module for multi-function steering wheel -J453-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing:
      • Telematics
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Telematics, technical features
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Audi Telematics by OnStar(R), functions
          • Telematics Control Head - OnStar(R) controls
          • Telematics Control Head - OnStar(R) system status light
          • OnStar(R) Personal Calling
        • Telematics system, troubleshooting using OnStar(R) system status light
          • Notes
          • Condition - system status light "green" plus:
          • Condition - system status light "red"
        • Transport Mode, deactivating
        • Telematics system, layout
        • Terminal assignments/electrical connectors on Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-
          • Notes
          • 42-pin multi-pin connector
        • Telematic system, component overview
        • Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-, replacing and reconfiguring
          • Notes
          • Replacing
          • Reconfiguration
        • Antenna Splitter -R87-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telematic Control Head -E264-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone Microphone -R38-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Emergency battery, switching off/on
          • Notes
          • Switch off emergency battery
          • Switch on emergency battery
        • Emergency battery, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Reinstalling existing emergency battery
          • Installing new emergency battery
        • Auxiliary Speaker (Telematic) -R91-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cellular telephone antenna, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lights, Switches-Exterior
      • Headlights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Halogen headlights, overview
        • Gas discharge (xenon) headlights with automatic headlight beam adjustment, general overview
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Repair kit for headlight housing, installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlight bulbs, replacing
          • Replacing low beam bulb (halogen headlight)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing low beam bulb (gas discharge headlight)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing bulb for high beam
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing turn signal bulb/parking light
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Adjusting motor for automatic vertical aim control, high intensity gas discharge (Xenon) headlight, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Igniter for gas discharge lamps -N195-, removing and installation
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for high-intensity gas discharge lamp -J343-, left, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for high-intensity gas discharge lamp -J344-, right, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Fog lights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Fog lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fog lights, adjusting
        • Fog light bulb, replacing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Tail lights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Bulb carrier in side panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light in side panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • License plate lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light bulbs in rear lid, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light in rear lid, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • High-mount brake light
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • High mount brake light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Side turn signal lights
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Side turn signal lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Steering column switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Terminal assignment at steering column switch
          • Terminal assignment for light switch, turn signal switch, headlight dimmer/flasher switch, parking light and cruise control system
            • A - 14-pin harness connector
            • B - 6-pin harness connector
          • Terminal assignment for windshield wiper switch, high intensity washer system, headlight washer system and on-board computer
            • A - 6-pin harness connector
            • B - 13-pin harness connector
      • Lock cylinder and ignition/starter switch, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, terminal assignments
      • Acoustic Parking System, servicing
        • General information
        • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Parking assistance, component overview
        • Control module for parking aid -J446-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front parking aid warning buzzer -H22-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Warning buzzer for parking -H15-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sensor for parking assistance, front, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sensor for parking assistance, rear, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim system, component overview
        • Automatic vertical aim control system control module -J431-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High intensity gas discharge (Xenon) headlights, removing and installing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motors -V48-/-V49-, removing and installing
        • Left front level control system sensor -G78-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Left rear level control system sensor -G76-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instruments
      • Instrument cluster
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Notes on exchanging instrument cluster
          • Additional information:
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip odometer display
        • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Instrument cluster multi-pin connectors
          • Notes
          • Instrument cluster
        • Terminal assignments at instrument cluster
          • 32-pin connector for basic functions, blue
          • 32-pin connector for additional functions, green
          • 32-pin connector for multi-function display, gray
        • Vehicle speed signal, checking
        • Signal from sender for fuel gauge -G-, checking
          • Notes
          • Specified values
        • Consumption signal, checking
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G2- signal, checking
    • Interior Equipment
      • Contact corrosion!
      • Storage/covers
        • Glove box and bracket for glove box, removing and installing
        • Lock cylinder and push button for glove box, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Knee bar and bracket, driver side, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing air vent for side outlet, rear
        • Trim for steering column switch, overview
        • Trim for steering column switch, removing and installing
        • Center console, overview
        • Center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with manual transmission:
          • Vehicles with center armrest:
          • All vehicles:
        • Instrument panel (center), assembly
        • Instrument panel (center), removing and installing
      • Center armrest (through 1999)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
        • Center console and center armrest with telephone, installation
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest, modifications for retrofit
        • Ashtray, storage pocket, trim for shift mechanism and center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Trim for gearshift mechanism for vehicles with manual transmission
      • Center armrest (from 10.98 on)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting connector for telephone
          • Removing vent console
          • Removing center console cover
          • Disconnecting connector for lighting
        • Support foot cover, removing and installing
        • Center armrest trim plate, removing and installing
        • Center armrest storage compartment, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Storage compartment without lift
          • Storage compartment with lift, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Storage compartment with Cullmann lift
        • Center armrest cable, removing and installing
        • Center armrest telephone cable routing, installation
        • Center armrest lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with Cullmann-Lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with clip, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with bracket and screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest cover, removing and installing
        • Fitting and removing outer covering of center armrest cover
        • Lower section of center armrest outer covering, removing and installing
      • Interior rearview mirror
        • Rearview mirror, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (automatic day/night mirror), removing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (roof mounted), removing and installing
        • Automatic dimming interior rearview mirror, testing function
          • Test requirements
          • Test procedure
        • Interior rearview mirror mounting plate, bonding
          • Repair method with glass-metal-adhesive
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work procedure
    • Interior Trim
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Door trim, front
        • Component locations, overview
        • Front door trim, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Door trim, rear
        • Component locations, overview
        • Rear door trim, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunshade for door glass, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Retaining hooks for sunshade, removing and installing
      • Trim
        • A-pillar upper trim, removing and installing
        • A-pillar upper left trim, removing and installing
        • A-pillar upper right trim, removing and installing
        • B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • D-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Grab handle, removing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles up to 06.97:
          • Vehicles from 07.97 on:
        • Coat hook, removing
        • Floor pad front, removing and installing
        • Hat shelf, removing and installing
        • Power sunshade for rear glass, removing and installing
        • Rear window shade motor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Drive disc for motor rear shade, replacing
        • Rear window shade control module -J262-, removing and installing
        • Sill molding interior, removing and installing
        • Rear lid trim, removing
        • Closeout panel trim, removing and installing
        • Luggage compartment trim, removing
      • Trims (with roof mounted rearview mirror), m.y. 2000 and up
        • Upper section of A-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower C-pillar trim, removing and installing.
        • Small D-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • D-pillar trim, removing and installing
      • Instrument panel
        • Component locations, overview
        • Instrument panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from 07.97 on:
            • All:
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission:
            • Vehicles with manual adjustable automatic vertical aim control system:
          • Installing
          • Removing and installing instrument panel trim
        • Support for instrument panel, removing and installing
        • Acoustic fitting at carrier for instrument cluster, removing
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Instrument cluster, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip recorder display
          • Notes for replacing instrument cluster
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of instrument cluster, initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 010
          • Measuring value block 011
          • Measuring value block 012
          • Measuring value block 013
          • Measuring value block 014
          • Measuring value block 015
          • Measuring value block 050
          • Measuring value block 125
          • Measuring value block 126
          • Measuring value block 130
          • Measuring value block 140
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation table
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Resetting SRI after service
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge
          • Language version of driver information monitor
          • Odometer display
          • Adaptation of auxiliary heater
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge sender resistance range
          • Distance driven since service
          • Time since service
          • Minimum mileage performance
          • Maximum mileage performance
          • Maximum time interval
          • Adaptation of oil quality
          • Adaptation of total consumption quantity
          • Adaptation for power train data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for comfort system databus
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for information data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adapatation value
        • Input values for replacing instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Perform the following steps after replacing instrument cluster
        • Data exchange between control modules, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking bus system
          • Checking a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
            • Example 3
            • If you cannot determine a cause for the malfunction, e.g. "power train data-BUS faulty", check whether one of the control modules may be responsible for the DTC
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Notes for use and adaptation of vehicle key
        • Safety precautions
        • Anti-theft immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 022
          • Measuring value block 023
          • Measuring value block 024
        • Adaptation (function 10)
        • Adaptation of vehicle keys
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Lost key procedure
          • Notes
          • Determining the secret number
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Procedure
        • Login procedure
          • Notes
          • Login Procedure, instrument cluster
          • Login procedure, Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Emergency start function using VAG 1551
          • Notes
          • Requirements
      • Cruise control system (CCS), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Additional information
        • Safety precautions
        • CCS, checking
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 66
        • CCS, activating
        • CCS, deactivating
        • Electrical test using VAG 1598/31 test box
      • Acoustic Parking System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Acoustic Parking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 004
          • Measuring value block 005
          • Measuring value block 006
          • Measuring value block 007
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Adaptation table
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Notes
          • Perform basic setting
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting functions
        • Test requirements
  • Headlights
    • Lights, Switches-Exterior
      • Headlights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Halogen headlights, overview
        • Gas discharge (xenon) headlights with automatic headlight beam adjustment, general overview
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Repair kit for headlight housing, installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlight bulbs, replacing
          • Replacing low beam bulb (halogen headlight)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing low beam bulb (gas discharge headlight)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing bulb for high beam
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing turn signal bulb/parking light
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Adjusting motor for automatic vertical aim control, high intensity gas discharge (Xenon) headlight, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Igniter for gas discharge lamps -N195-, removing and installation
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for high-intensity gas discharge lamp -J343-, left, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for high-intensity gas discharge lamp -J344-, right, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Fog lights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Fog lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fog lights, adjusting
        • Fog light bulb, replacing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Tail lights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Bulb carrier in side panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light in side panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • License plate lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light bulbs in rear lid, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light in rear lid, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • High-mount brake light
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • High mount brake light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Side turn signal lights
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Side turn signal lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Steering column switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Terminal assignment at steering column switch
          • Terminal assignment for light switch, turn signal switch, headlight dimmer/flasher switch, parking light and cruise control system
            • A - 14-pin harness connector
            • B - 6-pin harness connector
          • Terminal assignment for windshield wiper switch, high intensity washer system, headlight washer system and on-board computer
            • A - 6-pin harness connector
            • B - 13-pin harness connector
      • Lock cylinder and ignition/starter switch, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, terminal assignments
      • Acoustic Parking System, servicing
        • General information
        • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Parking assistance, component overview
        • Control module for parking aid -J446-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front parking aid warning buzzer -H22-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Warning buzzer for parking -H15-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sensor for parking assistance, front, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sensor for parking assistance, rear, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim system, component overview
        • Automatic vertical aim control system control module -J431-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High intensity gas discharge (Xenon) headlights, removing and installing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motors -V48-/-V49-, removing and installing
        • Left front level control system sensor -G78-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Left rear level control system sensor -G76-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Instrument cluster, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip recorder display
          • Notes for replacing instrument cluster
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of instrument cluster, initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 010
          • Measuring value block 011
          • Measuring value block 012
          • Measuring value block 013
          • Measuring value block 014
          • Measuring value block 015
          • Measuring value block 050
          • Measuring value block 125
          • Measuring value block 126
          • Measuring value block 130
          • Measuring value block 140
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation table
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Resetting SRI after service
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge
          • Language version of driver information monitor
          • Odometer display
          • Adaptation of auxiliary heater
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge sender resistance range
          • Distance driven since service
          • Time since service
          • Minimum mileage performance
          • Maximum mileage performance
          • Maximum time interval
          • Adaptation of oil quality
          • Adaptation of total consumption quantity
          • Adaptation for power train data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for comfort system databus
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for information data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adapatation value
        • Input values for replacing instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Perform the following steps after replacing instrument cluster
        • Data exchange between control modules, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking bus system
          • Checking a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
            • Example 3
            • If you cannot determine a cause for the malfunction, e.g. "power train data-BUS faulty", check whether one of the control modules may be responsible for the DTC
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Notes for use and adaptation of vehicle key
        • Safety precautions
        • Anti-theft immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 022
          • Measuring value block 023
          • Measuring value block 024
        • Adaptation (function 10)
        • Adaptation of vehicle keys
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Lost key procedure
          • Notes
          • Determining the secret number
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Procedure
        • Login procedure
          • Notes
          • Login Procedure, instrument cluster
          • Login procedure, Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Emergency start function using VAG 1551
          • Notes
          • Requirements
      • Cruise control system (CCS), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Additional information
        • Safety precautions
        • CCS, checking
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 66
        • CCS, activating
        • CCS, deactivating
        • Electrical test using VAG 1598/31 test box
      • Acoustic Parking System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Acoustic Parking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 004
          • Measuring value block 005
          • Measuring value block 006
          • Measuring value block 007
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Adaptation table
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Notes
          • Perform basic setting
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting functions
        • Test requirements
    • Windshield Wiper And Washer System
      • Windshield wiper system, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Windshield wiper system, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing wiper arms
          • Installing wiper arms
          • Removing and installing wiper motor and linkage
          • Installing
        • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
        • Wiper blade contact angle, adjusting
          • Possible causes for wiper blades skipping
          • Required special tools and equipment
          • Checking wiper arm angle
          • Specified values for adjustment angle
          • Adjusting windshield wiper arms
      • Windshield washer system, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Windshield washer system, component overview
        • Wiper fluid reservoir, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Spray jets, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Spray jets, adjusting
      • Headlight washer system, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Headlight washer jets, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight washer jets, adjusting
        • Washer fluid reservoir, removing and installing
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - HVAC, Can & Defrosters
      • Automatic Climate Control System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
        • Technical data
        • System changes from m.y. 1998
        • System changes from m.y. 2000 (with revised driver's information display)
        • VAG 1551 ((VAG 1552) Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
          • Requirements
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
          • Notes
          • If a DTC was recognized
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Notes
          • Changes to model year 2000 and up vehicles
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output DTM
          • Changes to model year 2000 and up vehicles:
            • Notes
            • Activated actuators
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) Idle speed control test, initiating
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Coding variants:
            • Notes
            • Example for A/C control head -E87- up to index "H":
            • Example for A/C control head -E87- from index "J":
            • Coding A/C control head -E87- (up to index "H")
            • Coding A/C control head -E87-, beginning at index "J"
            • Coding A/C control head -E87-, model year 2000 and up
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Notes
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Overview of display group numbers which can be selected
          • Display group 001 - A/C compressor cut-off conditions, voltage for A/C clutch -N25-, voltage to terminal 15 and requirement for recirculating air mode/sensor for air quality -G238-
          • Display group 002-Defroster flap motor -V107-
          • Display group 003-Left center vent motor -V110-
          • Display group 004-Right center vent motor -V111-
          • Display group 005-Center vent adjusting motor -V102-
          • Display group 006-Temperature regulator flap motor -V68-
          • Display group 007-Left footwell flap motor -V108-
          • Display group 008-Right footwell flap motor -V109-
          • Display group 009-Rear footwell vent motor -V112-
          • Display group 010-Air flow flap motor -V71-
          • Display group 011-Recirculation flap motor -V113-
          • Display group 012-ACF flap motor -V114-
          • Display group 013-Left center air vent switch -F183- and right center vent switch -F184-, center vent position sensor -G142- and calculated ambient temperature for outside air temperature display -G106-
          • Display group 014-Outside air temperature sensor -G17- and fresh air intake duct temperature sensor -G89-, left vent temperature sensor -G150- and right vent temperature sensor -G151-
          • Display group 015-Instrument panel interior temperature sensor -G56-, calculated coolant temperature and sunlight photo sensor -G107-
          • Display group 016-Voltage and fresh air blower -V2-, parking light and voltage at terminal 58D)
          • Display group 017-Engine speed, compressor speed and vehicle speed
          • Display group 018-Kick-down switch, coolant temperature switch, A/C compressor cut-in and A/C refrigerant high pressure switch -F118-
          • Display group 019-Coolant pump -V50-, left heat regulating valve -N175- and right heat regulating valve -N176-
          • Changes to model year 2000 and up vehicles, Overview of display group numbers which can be selected
          • Display group 001: Instantaneous occurring compressor shut off conditions, voltage for A/C clutch, -N25-, Voltage to terminal "15" and requirement recirculation mode/sensor for air quality -G238-
          • Display group 012: For control head having part numbers up to Index "K"
          • Display group 012: Information on Can-Bus for control head having part numbers beginning with the index letter "M"
          • Display group 013: Switch for jet center left -F183- and right -F184-, center vent position sensor -G142- and calculated outside temperature for outside air temperature display -G106-
          • Display group 014: Outside air temperature sensor -G17-, Outside temperature from instrument cluster, fresh air intake duct temperature sensor -G89-, left vent temperature sensor -G150-, and right -G151-
          • Display group 15: Instrument cluster interior temperature sensor -G56-, calculated or determined by coolant temperature transferred into instrument cluster and sunlight photo sensor -G107-
          • Display group 016: Voltage to fresh air blower -V2-, voltage to terminal 58d, terminal 58s and parking light 58
          • Display group 017: engine RPM, compressor RPM, vehicle speed and auxiliary heater
          • Display group 018: Kick-down-switch activating rear window defroster, temperature switch for coolant, A/C compressor engagement and high pressure switch -F118-
          • Display group 019: Left heat regulating valve -N175- and right -N176-; pump for coolant recirculation -V50- and activation of windshield defroster
          • Display group 020: the last four compressor shutoff conditions
          • Display group 021: Idle RPM increase, activating fan for coolant and activating washer system
          • Display group 022: Allocation ignition key and signal for "time ignition off"
      • Automatic Climate Control System, electrical tests
        • Tools required
        • Connecting VAG1598/19 test box to connector of A/C control head -E87-
        • Test step 1 - Temperature sensors
          • Notes
          • Resistance levels of temperature sensors dependent on ambient temperature in k ohm (kilo-ohms)
        • Test step 2 - Center vent position sensor -G142-
        • Test step 3 - Fresh air blower -V2- and control module for fresh air blower -J126-
        • Test step 4 - Coolant pump -V50- and related valves
        • Test step 5 - Motors in engine compartment
        • Test step 6 - Motors in passenger compartment
        • Test step 7 - Sensor for compressor speed, low pressure and high pressure switches
        • Test step 8 - Relay for A/C clutch, actuation of fan
        • Test step 9 - Signal for washer/wiper system
        • Electrical test changes for model year 2000 and up vehicles
        • Test step 1 (Voltage supply, Ground, illumination, temperature sensor/sender):
        • Test step 8 (A/C clutch relay -J44-, activating coolant fan -V7-):
        • Test step 9 (Signal for washer-wiper system, connection to windshield defroster control module -J505-):
      • Can-Bus
        • Can-Bus, function
          • Bus:
          • Can:
          • Example:
        • Can-Bus malfunction "Faulty databus drive," checking
          • Notes
          • Malfunction is indicated only by A/C control head -E87-
          • In another control module a malfunction is indicated:
          • Can-Bus notes:
          • Malfunction is indicated only by A/C control head -E87-.
      • Rear window defroster, electrical test
        • Required measuring and test items
        • Test requirements
      • Windshield defroster
        • Windshield defroster, function
        • Windshield defroster, disconnecting
      • Solar sunroof, checking
        • Notes
        • Checking function of solar sunroof
      • Data Link Connector (DLC), checking wiring connections
        • Notes
        • Tools required
        • Terminal assignment at Data Link Connector (DLC)
  • Horns
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
  • Infotainment
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Radio, Navigation, Steering & Telematics
      • Radio, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Applications
          • Technical features of radio systems
        • Radio On Board Diagnostic (OBD) initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirement
          • Through m.y. 2001
          • From m.y. 2002
          • All vehicles
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
          • Notes
          • Through m.y. 2001
          • From m.y. 2002
          • All vehicles
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
          • Through m.y. 2001
          • From m.y. 2002
          • All vehicles
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Coding procedure
          • Through m.y. 2001
            • Coding example: 00117
          • From m.y. 2002
            • Coding example: 00637
            • Coding table - through m.y. 2001
            • Coding table - from m.y. 2002
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Summary of display groups - through m.y. 2001
          • Summary of display groups - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 001 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 001 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 002 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 002 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 004 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 005 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 005 - from m.y. 2002
          • Display group 006 - through m.y. 2001
          • Display group 007 - through m.y. 2001
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation (function 10), initiating
          • Vehicle speed display, enable/disable
          • Long wave reception, enable/disable (where applicable)
          • Transport Mode, activate/deactivate
      • Navigation system III (NS-Low) through 01.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Equipment features:
          • Function description
        • Navigation system III On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004
          • Display group 005
          • Display group 006
          • Display group 007
          • Display group 008
          • Display group 010
        • Function status register
          • Function description
          • Test requirements:
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation, initiating
          • Tire circumference, adapting
          • Impulse number/wheel rotation (GALA), checking
          • Production diagnostic function (function status register), enabling/disabling
          • Speaker connection, adapting
          • Country selection, adapting
      • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0) from 01.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Navigation IV - additional equipment features:
          • Navigation IV - additional function descriptions:
        • Navigation system IV On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements:
          • Address word for Navigation: 37
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004
          • Display group 005
          • Display group 006
          • Display group 007
          • Display group 008
          • Display group 010
        • Function status register
          • Function description
          • Test requirements:
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation, initiating
          • Tire circumference, adapting
          • Impulse number/wheel rotation (GALA), checking
          • Production diagnostic function (function status register), enabling/disabling
          • Speaker connection, adapting
          • Country selection, adapting
          • Dynamic route guidance (where applicable), adapting
      • Multi-function steering wheel, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Technical features
        • Multi-function steering wheel On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Code control module, initiating
          • Coding example - control module Index "C": 00101
          • Coding table - control module Index "C"
          • Coding table - control module Index "D"
          • Coding table - control module Index "J"
          • Coding table - control module Index "L"
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
      • Telematics, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Telematics, technical features
        • Telematics On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Notes
          • Additional reference materials required
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
          • Scan tool display texts
        • Control Module Versions, checking (function 01)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output DTM, initiating:
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Code Control Module, initiating
          • Coding example: 0003333
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Display group overview:
          • Display group 001
          • Display group 002
          • Display group 003
          • Display group 004
          • Display group 005
          • Display group 020
          • Display group 021
          • Display group 022
          • Display group 023
          • Display group 024
          • Display group 025
          • Display group 026
          • Display group 027
          • Display group 028
          • Display group 029
          • Display group 030
          • Display group 078
          • Display group 079
          • Display group 080
          • Display group 125
          • Display group 126
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation (function 10), initiating
          • Transport Mode, activating/deactivating
          • Example: Deactivate Transport Mode
          • Emergency (back-up) battery, switch on/off, reset time register
          • Emergency (back-up) battery adaptation examples:
          • Example: Switch off emergency (back-up) battery
          • Example: Switch on emergency (back-up) battery
          • Example: Reset emergency (back-up) battery time register
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551/1552 Scan Tool (ST), connecting
        • Test conditions
        • Through m.y. 2001:
        • From m.y. 2001:
        • VAG 1551 Scan Tool use:
    • Radio, Telephone, Navigation, Trip Computer
      • Radio system
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Applications
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Retrofitting of radio systems
          • CD equipment, retrofitting
        • Transport Mode ("Symphony" radio from m.y. 2002), deactivating
        • Radio system, layouts and terminal assignments through m.y. 1999,
          • "Delta" & "Delta - BOSE" radio (m.y. 1997), layout
            • Notes
            • Multi-pin connectors I, II, III (on back of radio), terminal assignments
              • 20-pin connector I
              • 8-pin connector II (brown)
              • 8-pin connector III (black)
          • "Concert" & "Concert - BOSE" radio (m.y. 1998-1999), layout
          • Multi-pin connectors I, II, III, IV (on back of radio), terminal assignments
            • Notes
            • 20-pin connector I
            • 8-pin connector II (brown)
            • 8-pin connector III (black)
            • 10-pin connector IV (red)
          • "Symphony" & "Symphony with BOSE" radio system (from m.y. 2000), layout
            • Notes
            • Terminal assignment of multi-pin connectors I, II, III, IV at rear of radio
              • Notes
              • 20-pin multi-pin connector I
              • 8-pin multi-pin connector II, brown
              • 8-pin multi-pin connector III, black
              • 10-pin multi-pin connector IV, red
        • "Delta" & "Concert" radio system through m.y. 1999, component overview
        • "Symphony" radio system from m.y. 2000, component overview
        • "Symphony" radio, wiring electrical connectors
        • "Delta" & "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Loudspeakers, removing and installing
          • Loudspeakers in front doors, removing
          • Installing
          • Loudspeakers in rear doors, removing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Loudspeakers in rear parcel shelf, removing
            • Notes
            • Installing
        • CD changer - "Delta" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • CD changer - "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • CD changer - "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cable between radio and CD changer, checking
        • BOSE amplifier, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Power antenna - "Delta" & "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Radio/telephone rod antenna, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Antenna amplifier - "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
        • Antenna selection control module -J515- ("Symphony" radio), removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Telephone system
        • General information
        • Hands-free Telephone through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Cellular telephone (preparation) through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Digital cellular telephone (preparation) from m.y. 2002, layout
        • Telephone docking station in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone docking station retainer/bracket in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone docking station retainer/bracket in center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • Digital cellular telephone docking station/retainer in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Digital cellular telephone docking station/retainer in center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • Telephone transceiver -R36-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Operating Electronics and Telephone Control Module -J412- through m.y. 2001, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone microphone -R38- through m.y. 1999, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone microphone -R38- from m.y. 2000, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Speaker (telephone/navigation) -R39-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Mast antenna, retrofitting
      • Navigation system III (NS-Low) through 01.01
        • Application note
        • General information
        • General description
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Navigation system III, layout
        • Terminal assignments/harness connectors on Control module for navigation with CD drive -J401-
          • Notes
          • Terminal assignment of multi-pin harness connectors I, II, III, IV on control module for navigation with CD drive -J401-
            • Notes
            • 20-pin multi-pin connector I
            • Black 8-pin multi-pin connector III
        • Navigation system III, component overview
        • Function selection switch II in center console -E272, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Antenna for navigation (GPS) -R50-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Roof antenna for navigation/telematics (GPS) from m.y. 2002, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Speaker for telephone/navigation -R39-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Navigation control module with CD drive -J401-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0) from 01.01
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Navigation IV - additional equipment features:
          • Navigation IV - additional function descriptions:
          • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0), layout
          • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0), component overview
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Steering wheel with audio controls m.y. 1997-1999
        • General information
        • Integrated audio switches in steering wheel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Multi-function steering wheel
        • General information
          • Notes
          • System parameters
          • Function description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Multi-function steering wheel through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Multi-function steering wheel from m.y. 2002, layout
        • Multi-function steering wheel switch/button functions, overview
          • Tiptronic (automatic transmission) functions
          • Radio functions
          • Radio/Cassette functions
          • Radio/CD functions
          • Telephone functions
        • Multi-function steering wheel switches/buttons, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing:
        • Control module for multi-function steering wheel -J453-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing:
      • Telematics
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Telematics, technical features
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Audi Telematics by OnStar(R), functions
          • Telematics Control Head - OnStar(R) controls
          • Telematics Control Head - OnStar(R) system status light
          • OnStar(R) Personal Calling
        • Telematics system, troubleshooting using OnStar(R) system status light
          • Notes
          • Condition - system status light "green" plus:
          • Condition - system status light "red"
        • Transport Mode, deactivating
        • Telematics system, layout
        • Terminal assignments/electrical connectors on Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-
          • Notes
          • 42-pin multi-pin connector
        • Telematic system, component overview
        • Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-, replacing and reconfiguring
          • Notes
          • Replacing
          • Reconfiguration
        • Antenna Splitter -R87-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telematic Control Head -E264-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone Microphone -R38-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Emergency battery, switching off/on
          • Notes
          • Switch off emergency battery
          • Switch on emergency battery
        • Emergency battery, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Reinstalling existing emergency battery
          • Installing new emergency battery
        • Auxiliary Speaker (Telematic) -R91-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cellular telephone antenna, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Interior Equipment
      • Contact corrosion!
      • Storage/covers
        • Glove box and bracket for glove box, removing and installing
        • Lock cylinder and push button for glove box, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Knee bar and bracket, driver side, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing air vent for side outlet, rear
        • Trim for steering column switch, overview
        • Trim for steering column switch, removing and installing
        • Center console, overview
        • Center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with manual transmission:
          • Vehicles with center armrest:
          • All vehicles:
        • Instrument panel (center), assembly
        • Instrument panel (center), removing and installing
      • Center armrest (through 1999)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
        • Center console and center armrest with telephone, installation
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest, modifications for retrofit
        • Ashtray, storage pocket, trim for shift mechanism and center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Trim for gearshift mechanism for vehicles with manual transmission
      • Center armrest (from 10.98 on)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting connector for telephone
          • Removing vent console
          • Removing center console cover
          • Disconnecting connector for lighting
        • Support foot cover, removing and installing
        • Center armrest trim plate, removing and installing
        • Center armrest storage compartment, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Storage compartment without lift
          • Storage compartment with lift, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Storage compartment with Cullmann lift
        • Center armrest cable, removing and installing
        • Center armrest telephone cable routing, installation
        • Center armrest lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with Cullmann-Lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with clip, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with bracket and screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest cover, removing and installing
        • Fitting and removing outer covering of center armrest cover
        • Lower section of center armrest outer covering, removing and installing
      • Interior rearview mirror
        • Rearview mirror, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (automatic day/night mirror), removing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (roof mounted), removing and installing
        • Automatic dimming interior rearview mirror, testing function
          • Test requirements
          • Test procedure
        • Interior rearview mirror mounting plate, bonding
          • Repair method with glass-metal-adhesive
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work procedure
    • Interior Trim
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Door trim, front
        • Component locations, overview
        • Front door trim, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Door trim, rear
        • Component locations, overview
        • Rear door trim, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunshade for door glass, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Retaining hooks for sunshade, removing and installing
      • Trim
        • A-pillar upper trim, removing and installing
        • A-pillar upper left trim, removing and installing
        • A-pillar upper right trim, removing and installing
        • B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • D-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Grab handle, removing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles up to 06.97:
          • Vehicles from 07.97 on:
        • Coat hook, removing
        • Floor pad front, removing and installing
        • Hat shelf, removing and installing
        • Power sunshade for rear glass, removing and installing
        • Rear window shade motor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Drive disc for motor rear shade, replacing
        • Rear window shade control module -J262-, removing and installing
        • Sill molding interior, removing and installing
        • Rear lid trim, removing
        • Closeout panel trim, removing and installing
        • Luggage compartment trim, removing
      • Trims (with roof mounted rearview mirror), m.y. 2000 and up
        • Upper section of A-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower C-pillar trim, removing and installing.
        • Small D-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • D-pillar trim, removing and installing
      • Instrument panel
        • Component locations, overview
        • Instrument panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from 07.97 on:
            • All:
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission:
            • Vehicles with manual adjustable automatic vertical aim control system:
          • Installing
          • Removing and installing instrument panel trim
        • Support for instrument panel, removing and installing
        • Acoustic fitting at carrier for instrument cluster, removing
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
  • Mirrors
    • Exterior Equipment
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Outside rear-view mirror
        • Outside rear-view mirror, removing and installing
        • Mirror lens, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Housing for outside rear-view mirror, removing and installing
        • Electric mirror adjusting unit, replacing
      • Audi emblem
        • Audi emblem, removing and installing
      • Protective sheet
        • Adhering protective sheet onto side panel
      • Wheelhousing liner
        • Front wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
        • Rear wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
      • Undercar aerodynamic covers, removing and installing
    • Interior Equipment
      • Contact corrosion!
      • Storage/covers
        • Glove box and bracket for glove box, removing and installing
        • Lock cylinder and push button for glove box, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Knee bar and bracket, driver side, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing air vent for side outlet, rear
        • Trim for steering column switch, overview
        • Trim for steering column switch, removing and installing
        • Center console, overview
        • Center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with manual transmission:
          • Vehicles with center armrest:
          • All vehicles:
        • Instrument panel (center), assembly
        • Instrument panel (center), removing and installing
      • Center armrest (through 1999)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
        • Center console and center armrest with telephone, installation
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest, modifications for retrofit
        • Ashtray, storage pocket, trim for shift mechanism and center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Trim for gearshift mechanism for vehicles with manual transmission
      • Center armrest (from 10.98 on)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting connector for telephone
          • Removing vent console
          • Removing center console cover
          • Disconnecting connector for lighting
        • Support foot cover, removing and installing
        • Center armrest trim plate, removing and installing
        • Center armrest storage compartment, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Storage compartment without lift
          • Storage compartment with lift, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Storage compartment with Cullmann lift
        • Center armrest cable, removing and installing
        • Center armrest telephone cable routing, installation
        • Center armrest lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with Cullmann-Lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with clip, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with bracket and screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest cover, removing and installing
        • Fitting and removing outer covering of center armrest cover
        • Lower section of center armrest outer covering, removing and installing
      • Interior rearview mirror
        • Rearview mirror, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (automatic day/night mirror), removing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (roof mounted), removing and installing
        • Automatic dimming interior rearview mirror, testing function
          • Test requirements
          • Test procedure
        • Interior rearview mirror mounting plate, bonding
          • Repair method with glass-metal-adhesive
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work procedure
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
  • Seats
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
    • Seats Frames
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Front seats
        • Special tools and equipment
        • Front seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
            • Continued for all vehicles:
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
        • Seat frame trim, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Remove switch for seat adjustment
        • Inner seat frame trim, removing and installing
        • Rear seatback, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seatback (sport seat), removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Frame trim (sport seat), removing and installing
        • Guide rail, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Work procedure
        • Guide rail (sport seat), removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Work procedure
        • Lateral support and mounting for headrest, removing and installing
        • Headrest and guides, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing headrest
          • Removing power headrest
          • All:
          • Removing headrest guide
          • Removing power adjustable headrest for sport seat
        • Headrests with monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Tightening Torques
        • Seatback mechanical folding table, removing and installing
          • Special Tools and Equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Tightening Torque
        • Folding table, aligning to backrest
          • Notes
          • Tightening Torque
      • Power adjustable sport seats
        • Notes
        • General Notes:
        • Mechanical seat, moving forward and back
        • Seatback electrical components, removing and installing
        • Power components in seat frame, removing and installing
        • Headrest adjustment motor and sensor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • End switch for headrest adjustment, removing and installing
        • Pump, pressure switch and valve block for lumbar adjustment, removing and installing
        • Motor and sensor for seatback, adjustment and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Motors and sensor for height and length adjuster, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Current supply relay for seat adjustment, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for seat adjustment with memory, removing and installing
        • Seat switch, removing and installing
        • Seat heating connectors, installed position
      • Rear seats
        • Special tools and equipment
        • Rear seat bench, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seatback, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
            • Vehicles with third head rest:
            • All:
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
        • Rear seatback armrest, removing and installing
        • Headrest, removing and installing
        • Armrest for rear seatback with third headrest, removing and installing
        • Electric headrest adjustment, removing and installing
        • Electric lumbar adjustment, removing and installing
        • Motors for lumbar adjustment, removing and installing
        • Wire routing for electric lumbar adjustment and electric headrest, adjustment
      • Power adjustable individual seats, rear
        • Notes
        • Power seat, moving forward and back
        • Power motors, assembly overview
        • Electrical connectors and relay in support for center cushion
        • Electrically adjustable individual seats, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
            • All:
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
        • Power adjusted individual seats, separate seatback and seat part
        • Armrest for rear seatback, removing and installing
        • Power seatback adjustment motor, removing and installing
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Lights, Switches-Exterior
      • Headlights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Halogen headlights, overview
        • Gas discharge (xenon) headlights with automatic headlight beam adjustment, general overview
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Repair kit for headlight housing, installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlight bulbs, replacing
          • Replacing low beam bulb (halogen headlight)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing low beam bulb (gas discharge headlight)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing bulb for high beam
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing turn signal bulb/parking light
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Adjusting motor for automatic vertical aim control, high intensity gas discharge (Xenon) headlight, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Igniter for gas discharge lamps -N195-, removing and installation
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for high-intensity gas discharge lamp -J343-, left, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for high-intensity gas discharge lamp -J344-, right, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Fog lights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Fog lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fog lights, adjusting
        • Fog light bulb, replacing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Tail lights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Bulb carrier in side panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light in side panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • License plate lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light bulbs in rear lid, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light in rear lid, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • High-mount brake light
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • High mount brake light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Side turn signal lights
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Side turn signal lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Steering column switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Terminal assignment at steering column switch
          • Terminal assignment for light switch, turn signal switch, headlight dimmer/flasher switch, parking light and cruise control system
            • A - 14-pin harness connector
            • B - 6-pin harness connector
          • Terminal assignment for windshield wiper switch, high intensity washer system, headlight washer system and on-board computer
            • A - 6-pin harness connector
            • B - 13-pin harness connector
      • Lock cylinder and ignition/starter switch, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, terminal assignments
      • Acoustic Parking System, servicing
        • General information
        • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Parking assistance, component overview
        • Control module for parking aid -J446-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front parking aid warning buzzer -H22-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Warning buzzer for parking -H15-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sensor for parking assistance, front, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sensor for parking assistance, rear, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim system, component overview
        • Automatic vertical aim control system control module -J431-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High intensity gas discharge (Xenon) headlights, removing and installing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motors -V48-/-V49-, removing and installing
        • Left front level control system sensor -G78-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Left rear level control system sensor -G76-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
    • Radio, Telephone, Navigation, Trip Computer
      • Radio system
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Applications
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Retrofitting of radio systems
          • CD equipment, retrofitting
        • Transport Mode ("Symphony" radio from m.y. 2002), deactivating
        • Radio system, layouts and terminal assignments through m.y. 1999,
          • "Delta" & "Delta - BOSE" radio (m.y. 1997), layout
            • Notes
            • Multi-pin connectors I, II, III (on back of radio), terminal assignments
              • 20-pin connector I
              • 8-pin connector II (brown)
              • 8-pin connector III (black)
          • "Concert" & "Concert - BOSE" radio (m.y. 1998-1999), layout
          • Multi-pin connectors I, II, III, IV (on back of radio), terminal assignments
            • Notes
            • 20-pin connector I
            • 8-pin connector II (brown)
            • 8-pin connector III (black)
            • 10-pin connector IV (red)
          • "Symphony" & "Symphony with BOSE" radio system (from m.y. 2000), layout
            • Notes
            • Terminal assignment of multi-pin connectors I, II, III, IV at rear of radio
              • Notes
              • 20-pin multi-pin connector I
              • 8-pin multi-pin connector II, brown
              • 8-pin multi-pin connector III, black
              • 10-pin multi-pin connector IV, red
        • "Delta" & "Concert" radio system through m.y. 1999, component overview
        • "Symphony" radio system from m.y. 2000, component overview
        • "Symphony" radio, wiring electrical connectors
        • "Delta" & "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Loudspeakers, removing and installing
          • Loudspeakers in front doors, removing
          • Installing
          • Loudspeakers in rear doors, removing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Loudspeakers in rear parcel shelf, removing
            • Notes
            • Installing
        • CD changer - "Delta" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • CD changer - "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • CD changer - "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cable between radio and CD changer, checking
        • BOSE amplifier, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Power antenna - "Delta" & "Concert" radio, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Radio/telephone rod antenna, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Antenna amplifier - "Symphony" radio, removing and installing
        • Antenna selection control module -J515- ("Symphony" radio), removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Telephone system
        • General information
        • Hands-free Telephone through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Cellular telephone (preparation) through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Digital cellular telephone (preparation) from m.y. 2002, layout
        • Telephone docking station in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone docking station retainer/bracket in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone docking station retainer/bracket in center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • Digital cellular telephone docking station/retainer in center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Digital cellular telephone docking station/retainer in center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • Telephone transceiver -R36-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Operating Electronics and Telephone Control Module -J412- through m.y. 2001, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone microphone -R38- through m.y. 1999, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone microphone -R38- from m.y. 2000, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Speaker (telephone/navigation) -R39-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Mast antenna, retrofitting
      • Navigation system III (NS-Low) through 01.01
        • Application note
        • General information
        • General description
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Navigation system III, layout
        • Terminal assignments/harness connectors on Control module for navigation with CD drive -J401-
          • Notes
          • Terminal assignment of multi-pin harness connectors I, II, III, IV on control module for navigation with CD drive -J401-
            • Notes
            • 20-pin multi-pin connector I
            • Black 8-pin multi-pin connector III
        • Navigation system III, component overview
        • Function selection switch II in center console -E272, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Antenna for navigation (GPS) -R50-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Roof antenna for navigation/telematics (GPS) from m.y. 2002, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Speaker for telephone/navigation -R39-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Navigation control module with CD drive -J401-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0) from 01.01
        • Application note
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Navigation IV - additional equipment features:
          • Navigation IV - additional function descriptions:
          • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0), layout
          • Navigation system IV (BNS 4.0), component overview
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Steering wheel with audio controls m.y. 1997-1999
        • General information
        • Integrated audio switches in steering wheel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Multi-function steering wheel
        • General information
          • Notes
          • System parameters
          • Function description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Multi-function steering wheel through m.y. 2001, layout
        • Multi-function steering wheel from m.y. 2002, layout
        • Multi-function steering wheel switch/button functions, overview
          • Tiptronic (automatic transmission) functions
          • Radio functions
          • Radio/Cassette functions
          • Radio/CD functions
          • Telephone functions
        • Multi-function steering wheel switches/buttons, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing:
        • Control module for multi-function steering wheel -J453-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing:
      • Telematics
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Telematics, technical features
          • Contact Corrosion
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Audi Telematics by OnStar(R), functions
          • Telematics Control Head - OnStar(R) controls
          • Telematics Control Head - OnStar(R) system status light
          • OnStar(R) Personal Calling
        • Telematics system, troubleshooting using OnStar(R) system status light
          • Notes
          • Condition - system status light "green" plus:
          • Condition - system status light "red"
        • Transport Mode, deactivating
        • Telematics system, layout
        • Terminal assignments/electrical connectors on Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-
          • Notes
          • 42-pin multi-pin connector
        • Telematic system, component overview
        • Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone/Telematic Control Module -J526-, replacing and reconfiguring
          • Notes
          • Replacing
          • Reconfiguration
        • Antenna Splitter -R87-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telematic Control Head -E264-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Telephone Microphone -R38-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Emergency battery, switching off/on
          • Notes
          • Switch off emergency battery
          • Switch on emergency battery
        • Emergency battery, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Reinstalling existing emergency battery
          • Installing new emergency battery
        • Auxiliary Speaker (Telematic) -R91-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cellular telephone antenna, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
  • Warning Systems
    • Lights, Switches-Exterior
      • Headlights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Halogen headlights, overview
        • Gas discharge (xenon) headlights with automatic headlight beam adjustment, general overview
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Repair kit for headlight housing, installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlight bulbs, replacing
          • Replacing low beam bulb (halogen headlight)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing low beam bulb (gas discharge headlight)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing bulb for high beam
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Replacing turn signal bulb/parking light
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Adjusting motor for automatic vertical aim control, high intensity gas discharge (Xenon) headlight, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Igniter for gas discharge lamps -N195-, removing and installation
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for high-intensity gas discharge lamp -J343-, left, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for high-intensity gas discharge lamp -J344-, right, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Fog lights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Fog lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fog lights, adjusting
        • Fog light bulb, replacing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Tail lights, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Bulb carrier in side panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light in side panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • License plate lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light bulbs in rear lid, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Tail light in rear lid, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • High-mount brake light
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • High mount brake light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Side turn signal lights
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Side turn signal lights, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Steering column switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Terminal assignment at steering column switch
          • Terminal assignment for light switch, turn signal switch, headlight dimmer/flasher switch, parking light and cruise control system
            • A - 14-pin harness connector
            • B - 6-pin harness connector
          • Terminal assignment for windshield wiper switch, high intensity washer system, headlight washer system and on-board computer
            • A - 6-pin harness connector
            • B - 13-pin harness connector
      • Lock cylinder and ignition/starter switch, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, terminal assignments
      • Acoustic Parking System, servicing
        • General information
        • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Parking assistance, component overview
        • Control module for parking aid -J446-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front parking aid warning buzzer -H22-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Warning buzzer for parking -H15-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sensor for parking assistance, front, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sensor for parking assistance, rear, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim system, component overview
        • Automatic vertical aim control system control module -J431-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High intensity gas discharge (Xenon) headlights, removing and installing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motors -V48-/-V49-, removing and installing
        • Left front level control system sensor -G78-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Left rear level control system sensor -G76-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Instrument cluster, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip recorder display
          • Notes for replacing instrument cluster
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of instrument cluster, initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 010
          • Measuring value block 011
          • Measuring value block 012
          • Measuring value block 013
          • Measuring value block 014
          • Measuring value block 015
          • Measuring value block 050
          • Measuring value block 125
          • Measuring value block 126
          • Measuring value block 130
          • Measuring value block 140
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation table
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Resetting SRI after service
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge
          • Language version of driver information monitor
          • Odometer display
          • Adaptation of auxiliary heater
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge sender resistance range
          • Distance driven since service
          • Time since service
          • Minimum mileage performance
          • Maximum mileage performance
          • Maximum time interval
          • Adaptation of oil quality
          • Adaptation of total consumption quantity
          • Adaptation for power train data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for comfort system databus
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for information data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adapatation value
        • Input values for replacing instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Perform the following steps after replacing instrument cluster
        • Data exchange between control modules, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking bus system
          • Checking a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
            • Example 3
            • If you cannot determine a cause for the malfunction, e.g. "power train data-BUS faulty", check whether one of the control modules may be responsible for the DTC
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Notes for use and adaptation of vehicle key
        • Safety precautions
        • Anti-theft immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 022
          • Measuring value block 023
          • Measuring value block 024
        • Adaptation (function 10)
        • Adaptation of vehicle keys
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Lost key procedure
          • Notes
          • Determining the secret number
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Procedure
        • Login procedure
          • Notes
          • Login Procedure, instrument cluster
          • Login procedure, Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Emergency start function using VAG 1551
          • Notes
          • Requirements
      • Cruise control system (CCS), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Additional information
        • Safety precautions
        • CCS, checking
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 66
        • CCS, activating
        • CCS, deactivating
        • Electrical test using VAG 1598/31 test box
      • Acoustic Parking System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Acoustic Parking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 004
          • Measuring value block 005
          • Measuring value block 006
          • Measuring value block 007
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Adaptation table
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Notes
          • Perform basic setting
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting functions
        • Test requirements
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Abs/EDL/ASR
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General
        • Function
        • VAG1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and entering address word
        • Selecting functions
          • Notes
          • Erase DTC Memory
            • Requirements
          • End Output
      • CAN-bus, function
        • Bus:
        • Can:
        • Two-line bus system, checking
          • The DTC table indicates the bus must be checked
          • Is there is a malfunction?
          • While checking the bus lines, differentiate between the following two situations:
          • Two control modules are communicating across a "two-line bus system"
          • Three or more control modules are communicating across a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1:
            • Example 2:
            • Example 3:
        • Reconnecting battery, procedures
          • Notes
          • Basic setting for the up and down power windows function
          • Setting the clock
          • Adaptation of throttle valve control module
      • ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR Bosch 5.0
        • Application notes
        • Safety measures and basic rules for troubleshooting
          • Notes
          • Road test
          • If there is a complaint, a pin-pointed troubleshooting must be carried out:
          • Test requirements
        • Technical publications required
        • Function of Bosch ABS 5.0 Series
          • Notes
          • The components of the Bosch type 5.0 system have the following functions:
            • Electronic brake force distribution
            • Abs:
            • EDL:
            • ASR:
        • Table of warning light functions
        • Function of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Notes
          • Technical data of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
          • Notes
          • DTC table
        • Encode control module
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Test table, Display group 1
          • Test table, Display group 2
          • Test table, Display group 3
        • Electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Notes on DTC table
      • ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR Bosch 5.3
        • Application notes
        • Safety measures and basic rules for troubleshooting
          • Notes
          • Road test
          • Test requirements
        • Function of Bosch ABS 5.3 Series
          • Notes
          • The components of the Bosch type 5.3 system have the following functions:
            • Electronic brake force distribution
            • Abs:
            • EDL:
            • ASR:
          • Two communications systems are in use:
        • Table of warning light functions
        • Function of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Notes
          • Technical data of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Encode control module
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Test table, Display group 1
          • Test table, Display group 2
          • Test table, Display group 3
          • Test table, Display group 4
        • Electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Note on DTC table
          • Test table
      • Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)
        • Notes
        • Safety measures and troubleshooting basics
          • Notes
          • Test drive
          • Test conditions
        • Technical information required
        • ESP function
          • Notes
          • EBD
          • Abs
          • EDL
          • ASR
          • Esp
            • Notes
            • Examples
          • The new components:
            • Hydraulic pump for traction control -V156- and the sensor for brake pressure -G201-
            • Steering Angle Sensor -G85-
            • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-
            • Sender for rotation rate -G202-
            • Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-
            • The parking brake switch
            • The ABS solenoid valve relay -J106- and the ABS return flow pump relay -J105-
            • ABS/ESP Control Module CAN Bus
        • Indicator light functions, overview
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), specific functions
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Control module versions (scan tool function 01), checking
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory (scan tool function 02), checking
            • DTC table
          • DTC table; DTCs 00000 to 00526
          • DTC table; DTCs 00532 to 01421
          • DTC table; DTCs 01422 to 01425
          • DTC table; DTCs 01435 to 01542
          • DTC table; DTCs 18031 to 65535
        • Basic setting (scan tool function 04)
          • Notes
          • Login procedure (scan tool function 11)
            • Notes
            • Display group 1: Zeroing the steering angle sensor -G85-
            • Display group 2: Activating hydraulic pump for traction control -V156-
            • Display group 3: Activating ESP driving test
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (scan tool function 03)
        • Code Control Module (scan tool function 07)
          • Notes
          • Test sequence
        • Measuring Value Block (scan tool function 08), reading
          • Notes
          • Test table: display group 1 (001)
          • Test table: display group 2 (002)
          • Test table: display group 3 (003)
          • Test table: display group 4 (004)
          • Test table: display group 5 (005)
          • Test table: display group 6 (006)
          • Test table: display group 125
          • Electrical Testing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Electrical test table
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of tire pressure control system
        • Safety precautions
        • Test requirements:
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
        • DTC table for tire pressure monitoring
        • Encode control module
          • Notes
          • Performing coding
          • Code: 20129
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Measured value block 001
          • Measured value block 002
          • Measured value block 003
          • Measured value block 004
          • Measured value block 005
          • Measured value block 006
          • Measured value block 007
          • Measured value block 008
          • Measured value block 009
          • Measured value block 010
          • Measured value block 011
          • Measured value block 013
          • Measured value block 014
          • Measured value block 015
          • Measured value block 016
          • Measured value block 017
          • Measured value block 018
          • Measured value block 021
        • Adaptation
      • Tire pressure monitoring system, operating for the first time
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Central Locking System & Ultrasonic Interior Monitoring
      • V.A.G 1551 scan tool, connecting
      • Central locking system On Board Diagnostic (OBD) from 07.96
        • General information
        • Central Locking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Conditions:
          • Control module identification (example)
            • Notes
            • Available functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
        • End output (function 06)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
        • Code Control Module (function 07) for central locking
          • Notes
          • Coding table for vehicles up to 06.97:
          • Coding table for vehicles from 07.97:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Notes
          • Display Group 001
          • Display Group 002
          • Display Group 003
          • Display group 004, vehicles up to 03.97
          • Display group 004, vehicles from 03.97
        • Vehicle key for radio remote control, programming/erasing
          • Notes
          • Work step of adapting new radio-controlled keys
          • Work procedure for re-adapting existing radio-controlled keys
          • Work sequence for erasing memory positions
      • Ultrasonic interior monitoring system, through 06.97, servicing
        • General information
        • Function
        • Interior monitoring system, functional test
        • Interior monitoring system diagnostic
        • Diagnostic table
        • Corrective action
          • Notes
          • Sensor Check
          • Replace control module
          • Check wiring
        • Ultrasonic sensors for interior monitoring system, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for interior monitoring system, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Assignment of connector at control module
        • Assignment of connector at sensor
        • Momentary contact deactivation switch, checking
      • Ultrasonic interior monitoring system, from 07.97 on
        • General information
        • Function
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of interior monitoring system, initiating
          • Notes
          • Equipment version without side curtain airbag system
          • Equipment version with side curtain airbag system
          • Control module identification (example)
        • Available functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
        • End output (function 06)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (vehicles without side curtain airbag)
          • Notes
          • Checking power supply lead
            • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
            • Test sequence
          • Checking clock signal lead
            • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
            • Test sequence
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (vehicles with side curtain airbag)
        • Code Control Module (function 07) (vehicles without side curtain airbag)
        • Code Control Module (function 07) (vehicles with side curtain airbag)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Notes
          • Display Group 001 (equipment version without side curtain airbag system)
          • Display Group 001 (equipment version with side curtain airbag system)
        • Adaptation (function 10)
    • Wheels, Tires - Tire Pressure Control System
      • Tire pressure control system
        • Tire pressure control system, component overview
        • Repairing tire pressure control system
          • General information
          • Special tools and equipment
        • Wheels/tires, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing metal valve body
          • Tire change
          • Dismounting tire
          • Mounting tire
          • Front reception antennas, removing and installing
          • Left rear reception antennas, removing and installing
          • Right rear reception antennas, removing and installing
        • System, switching on and off
        • Function
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Front Doors, Central Locking System
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Front door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Greasing points for lower door hinge
          • Removing and installing side impact bar
        • Front window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing front window
          • Adjusting window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Front window regulator, removing and installing
        • Front door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing lock cylinder locking rod
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
        • Front door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installed position of spring
          • Removing trim panel for door handle
          • Installed position of coupling plate
      • Front door (from m.y. 1999 and on)
        • Door lock, removing and installing
        • Door lock cover, removing and installing
        • Front door lock operating rods, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing securing rod for lock cylinder
          • Adjusting locking lever play
          • Adjustment depth for securing rod
        • Door handle, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing microswitch
          • Removing and installing seal for door handle
        • Door handle, removing
          • Notes
          • Disengaging mount for door handle
          • Removing trim
        • Front door handle, preassembly
          • Notes
          • Peening pivot pin
          • Correct installation position of spring
          • Installing locking pins
      • Front door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • 1. Gap measurements
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size for door components carrier
      • Central locking system
        • Notes
        • Central locking system, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting vacuum lines
          • Removing and installing front door lock actuator
          • Removing and installing lock actuator for rear door
          • Removing and installing fuel filler flap lock actuator
          • Removing and installing rear lid lock actuator
          • Vacuum line routing in rear lid
          • Removing and installing pump for central locking system
    • Glass, Window Regulators
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
    • Rear Doors
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Rear door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Lower door hinge greasing points
          • Removing side impact bar
        • Rear window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing rear window
          • Adjusting rear door window stop
          • Adjusting rear window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Rear window regulator, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting window regulator motor harness connector
        • Rear door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for door locking mechanism
          • Disconnecting Bowden cable for door locking mechanism from hinged lever
          • Removing hinged lever
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing face plate for door handle
      • Rear door (m.y. 1999 and up)
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
        • Operating rods for rear door lock, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Bowden cable for door lock
        • Rear door handle, preassembly
      • Rear door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • 1. Size of gap
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size of door component carrier
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Windshield Wiper And Washer System
      • Windshield wiper system, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Windshield wiper system, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing wiper arms
          • Installing wiper arms
          • Removing and installing wiper motor and linkage
          • Installing
        • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
        • Wiper blade contact angle, adjusting
          • Possible causes for wiper blades skipping
          • Required special tools and equipment
          • Checking wiper arm angle
          • Specified values for adjustment angle
          • Adjusting windshield wiper arms
      • Windshield washer system, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Windshield washer system, component overview
        • Wiper fluid reservoir, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Spray jets, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Spray jets, adjusting
      • Headlight washer system, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Headlight washer jets, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight washer jets, adjusting
        • Washer fluid reservoir, removing and installing
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Front Doors, Central Locking System
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Front door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Greasing points for lower door hinge
          • Removing and installing side impact bar
        • Front window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing front window
          • Adjusting window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Front window regulator, removing and installing
        • Front door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing lock cylinder locking rod
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
        • Front door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installed position of spring
          • Removing trim panel for door handle
          • Installed position of coupling plate
      • Front door (from m.y. 1999 and on)
        • Door lock, removing and installing
        • Door lock cover, removing and installing
        • Front door lock operating rods, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing securing rod for lock cylinder
          • Adjusting locking lever play
          • Adjustment depth for securing rod
        • Door handle, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing microswitch
          • Removing and installing seal for door handle
        • Door handle, removing
          • Notes
          • Disengaging mount for door handle
          • Removing trim
        • Front door handle, preassembly
          • Notes
          • Peening pivot pin
          • Correct installation position of spring
          • Installing locking pins
      • Front door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • 1. Gap measurements
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size for door components carrier
      • Central locking system
        • Notes
        • Central locking system, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting vacuum lines
          • Removing and installing front door lock actuator
          • Removing and installing lock actuator for rear door
          • Removing and installing fuel filler flap lock actuator
          • Removing and installing rear lid lock actuator
          • Vacuum line routing in rear lid
          • Removing and installing pump for central locking system
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Instrument cluster, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip recorder display
          • Notes for replacing instrument cluster
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of instrument cluster, initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 010
          • Measuring value block 011
          • Measuring value block 012
          • Measuring value block 013
          • Measuring value block 014
          • Measuring value block 015
          • Measuring value block 050
          • Measuring value block 125
          • Measuring value block 126
          • Measuring value block 130
          • Measuring value block 140
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation table
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Resetting SRI after service
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge
          • Language version of driver information monitor
          • Odometer display
          • Adaptation of auxiliary heater
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge sender resistance range
          • Distance driven since service
          • Time since service
          • Minimum mileage performance
          • Maximum mileage performance
          • Maximum time interval
          • Adaptation of oil quality
          • Adaptation of total consumption quantity
          • Adaptation for power train data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for comfort system databus
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for information data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adapatation value
        • Input values for replacing instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Perform the following steps after replacing instrument cluster
        • Data exchange between control modules, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking bus system
          • Checking a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
            • Example 3
            • If you cannot determine a cause for the malfunction, e.g. "power train data-BUS faulty", check whether one of the control modules may be responsible for the DTC
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Notes for use and adaptation of vehicle key
        • Safety precautions
        • Anti-theft immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 022
          • Measuring value block 023
          • Measuring value block 024
        • Adaptation (function 10)
        • Adaptation of vehicle keys
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Lost key procedure
          • Notes
          • Determining the secret number
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Procedure
        • Login procedure
          • Notes
          • Login Procedure, instrument cluster
          • Login procedure, Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Emergency start function using VAG 1551
          • Notes
          • Requirements
      • Cruise control system (CCS), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Additional information
        • Safety precautions
        • CCS, checking
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 66
        • CCS, activating
        • CCS, deactivating
        • Electrical test using VAG 1598/31 test box
      • Acoustic Parking System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Acoustic Parking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 004
          • Measuring value block 005
          • Measuring value block 006
          • Measuring value block 007
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Adaptation table
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Notes
          • Perform basic setting
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting functions
        • Test requirements
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Central Locking System & Ultrasonic Interior Monitoring
      • V.A.G 1551 scan tool, connecting
      • Central locking system On Board Diagnostic (OBD) from 07.96
        • General information
        • Central Locking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Conditions:
          • Control module identification (example)
            • Notes
            • Available functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
        • End output (function 06)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
        • Code Control Module (function 07) for central locking
          • Notes
          • Coding table for vehicles up to 06.97:
          • Coding table for vehicles from 07.97:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Notes
          • Display Group 001
          • Display Group 002
          • Display Group 003
          • Display group 004, vehicles up to 03.97
          • Display group 004, vehicles from 03.97
        • Vehicle key for radio remote control, programming/erasing
          • Notes
          • Work step of adapting new radio-controlled keys
          • Work procedure for re-adapting existing radio-controlled keys
          • Work sequence for erasing memory positions
      • Ultrasonic interior monitoring system, through 06.97, servicing
        • General information
        • Function
        • Interior monitoring system, functional test
        • Interior monitoring system diagnostic
        • Diagnostic table
        • Corrective action
          • Notes
          • Sensor Check
          • Replace control module
          • Check wiring
        • Ultrasonic sensors for interior monitoring system, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for interior monitoring system, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Assignment of connector at control module
        • Assignment of connector at sensor
        • Momentary contact deactivation switch, checking
      • Ultrasonic interior monitoring system, from 07.97 on
        • General information
        • Function
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of interior monitoring system, initiating
          • Notes
          • Equipment version without side curtain airbag system
          • Equipment version with side curtain airbag system
          • Control module identification (example)
        • Available functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
        • End output (function 06)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (vehicles without side curtain airbag)
          • Notes
          • Checking power supply lead
            • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
            • Test sequence
          • Checking clock signal lead
            • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
            • Test sequence
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (vehicles with side curtain airbag)
        • Code Control Module (function 07) (vehicles without side curtain airbag)
        • Code Control Module (function 07) (vehicles with side curtain airbag)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Notes
          • Display Group 001 (equipment version without side curtain airbag system)
          • Display Group 001 (equipment version with side curtain airbag system)
        • Adaptation (function 10)
    • Rear Doors
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Rear door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Lower door hinge greasing points
          • Removing side impact bar
        • Rear window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing rear window
          • Adjusting rear door window stop
          • Adjusting rear window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Rear window regulator, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting window regulator motor harness connector
        • Rear door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for door locking mechanism
          • Disconnecting Bowden cable for door locking mechanism from hinged lever
          • Removing hinged lever
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing face plate for door handle
      • Rear door (m.y. 1999 and up)
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
        • Operating rods for rear door lock, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Bowden cable for door lock
        • Rear door handle, preassembly
      • Rear door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • 1. Size of gap
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size of door component carrier
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Body Front
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Body, front
        • Frames for radiator and headlights, removing and installing
        • Left and right supporting components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing left support component
          • Removing right support component
        • Fender, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Noise insulation panel, removing and installing
    • Bumper
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Front bumper (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Front bumper, assembly overview
        • Front bumper, removing and installing
        • Front bumper, adjusting
          • Adjusting at impact absorbers
          • Adjusting at bracket
        • Front bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • License plate holder, removing and installing
      • Front bumper (m.y. 1999 and up)
        • Front bumper, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Adjusting height at bracket
        • Front bumper, removing and installing
        • Front bumper, adjusting
          • Adjusting height at impact absorber
          • Adjust height at bracket
        • Front trim and spoiler, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Clip for bumper cover
        • Front trim, removing
        • Front trim, installing
      • Rear bumper (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Rear bumper, assembly overview
        • Rear bumper, removing and installing
        • Rear bumper, adjusting
          • Adjusting at impact absorbers
          • Adjusting at bracket
        • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
      • Rear bumper (m.y. 1999 and up)
        • Rear bumper, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Removing guide
        • Trim and rear spoiler, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Clip for bumper cover
        • Rear bumper, installing
          • Notes
          • Guide, removing and installing
        • Rear bumper, adjusting
          • Adjusting height at impact absorber
          • Adjusting height at bracket
      • Impact absorbers, testing
        • Notes
        • Step I: Visual inspection
        • Step 2: Functional testing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Functional testing
    • Exterior Equipment
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Outside rear-view mirror
        • Outside rear-view mirror, removing and installing
        • Mirror lens, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Housing for outside rear-view mirror, removing and installing
        • Electric mirror adjusting unit, replacing
      • Audi emblem
        • Audi emblem, removing and installing
      • Protective sheet
        • Adhering protective sheet onto side panel
      • Wheelhousing liner
        • Front wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
        • Rear wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
      • Undercar aerodynamic covers, removing and installing
    • Front Doors, Central Locking System
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Front door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Greasing points for lower door hinge
          • Removing and installing side impact bar
        • Front window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing front window
          • Adjusting window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Front window regulator, removing and installing
        • Front door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing lock cylinder locking rod
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
        • Front door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installed position of spring
          • Removing trim panel for door handle
          • Installed position of coupling plate
      • Front door (from m.y. 1999 and on)
        • Door lock, removing and installing
        • Door lock cover, removing and installing
        • Front door lock operating rods, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing securing rod for lock cylinder
          • Adjusting locking lever play
          • Adjustment depth for securing rod
        • Door handle, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing microswitch
          • Removing and installing seal for door handle
        • Door handle, removing
          • Notes
          • Disengaging mount for door handle
          • Removing trim
        • Front door handle, preassembly
          • Notes
          • Peening pivot pin
          • Correct installation position of spring
          • Installing locking pins
      • Front door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • 1. Gap measurements
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size for door components carrier
      • Central locking system
        • Notes
        • Central locking system, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting vacuum lines
          • Removing and installing front door lock actuator
          • Removing and installing lock actuator for rear door
          • Removing and installing fuel filler flap lock actuator
          • Removing and installing rear lid lock actuator
          • Vacuum line routing in rear lid
          • Removing and installing pump for central locking system
    • Hood Lids
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Hood
        • Hood, lock pin and catch release
          • Notes
          • Proper disposal of gas-filled strut
        • Hood, adjusting
        • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Hood lock cable, removing and installing
      • Rear lid
        • Rear lid, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Proper disposal of gas-filled strut
          • Adjusting stopper
          • Adjusting lock for rear lid
      • Rear lid, adjusting
        • Notes
        • Rear lid lock cylinder, removing and installing
        • Lock cylinder, disassembling and assembling
          • Disassembling
          • Assembling
        • Rear lid seal, removing and installing
    • Rear Doors
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Rear door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Lower door hinge greasing points
          • Removing side impact bar
        • Rear window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing rear window
          • Adjusting rear door window stop
          • Adjusting rear window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Rear window regulator, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting window regulator motor harness connector
        • Rear door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for door locking mechanism
          • Disconnecting Bowden cable for door locking mechanism from hinged lever
          • Removing hinged lever
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing face plate for door handle
      • Rear door (m.y. 1999 and up)
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
        • Operating rods for rear door lock, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Bowden cable for door lock
        • Rear door handle, preassembly
      • Rear door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • 1. Size of gap
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size of door component carrier
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Interior Equipment
      • Contact corrosion!
      • Storage/covers
        • Glove box and bracket for glove box, removing and installing
        • Lock cylinder and push button for glove box, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Knee bar and bracket, driver side, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing air vent for side outlet, rear
        • Trim for steering column switch, overview
        • Trim for steering column switch, removing and installing
        • Center console, overview
        • Center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with manual transmission:
          • Vehicles with center armrest:
          • All vehicles:
        • Instrument panel (center), assembly
        • Instrument panel (center), removing and installing
      • Center armrest (through 1999)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
        • Center console and center armrest with telephone, installation
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest, modifications for retrofit
        • Ashtray, storage pocket, trim for shift mechanism and center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Trim for gearshift mechanism for vehicles with manual transmission
      • Center armrest (from 10.98 on)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting connector for telephone
          • Removing vent console
          • Removing center console cover
          • Disconnecting connector for lighting
        • Support foot cover, removing and installing
        • Center armrest trim plate, removing and installing
        • Center armrest storage compartment, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Storage compartment without lift
          • Storage compartment with lift, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Storage compartment with Cullmann lift
        • Center armrest cable, removing and installing
        • Center armrest telephone cable routing, installation
        • Center armrest lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with Cullmann-Lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with clip, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with bracket and screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest cover, removing and installing
        • Fitting and removing outer covering of center armrest cover
        • Lower section of center armrest outer covering, removing and installing
      • Interior rearview mirror
        • Rearview mirror, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (automatic day/night mirror), removing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (roof mounted), removing and installing
        • Automatic dimming interior rearview mirror, testing function
          • Test requirements
          • Test procedure
        • Interior rearview mirror mounting plate, bonding
          • Repair method with glass-metal-adhesive
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work procedure
    • Interior Trim
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Door trim, front
        • Component locations, overview
        • Front door trim, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Door trim, rear
        • Component locations, overview
        • Rear door trim, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunshade for door glass, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Retaining hooks for sunshade, removing and installing
      • Trim
        • A-pillar upper trim, removing and installing
        • A-pillar upper left trim, removing and installing
        • A-pillar upper right trim, removing and installing
        • B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • D-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Grab handle, removing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles up to 06.97:
          • Vehicles from 07.97 on:
        • Coat hook, removing
        • Floor pad front, removing and installing
        • Hat shelf, removing and installing
        • Power sunshade for rear glass, removing and installing
        • Rear window shade motor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Drive disc for motor rear shade, replacing
        • Rear window shade control module -J262-, removing and installing
        • Sill molding interior, removing and installing
        • Rear lid trim, removing
        • Closeout panel trim, removing and installing
        • Luggage compartment trim, removing
      • Trims (with roof mounted rearview mirror), m.y. 2000 and up
        • Upper section of A-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower C-pillar trim, removing and installing.
        • Small D-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • D-pillar trim, removing and installing
      • Instrument panel
        • Component locations, overview
        • Instrument panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from 07.97 on:
            • All:
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission:
            • Vehicles with manual adjustable automatic vertical aim control system:
          • Installing
          • Removing and installing instrument panel trim
        • Support for instrument panel, removing and installing
        • Acoustic fitting at carrier for instrument cluster, removing
  • Mirrors
    • Exterior Equipment
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Outside rear-view mirror
        • Outside rear-view mirror, removing and installing
        • Mirror lens, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Housing for outside rear-view mirror, removing and installing
        • Electric mirror adjusting unit, replacing
      • Audi emblem
        • Audi emblem, removing and installing
      • Protective sheet
        • Adhering protective sheet onto side panel
      • Wheelhousing liner
        • Front wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
        • Rear wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
      • Undercar aerodynamic covers, removing and installing
    • Interior Equipment
      • Contact corrosion!
      • Storage/covers
        • Glove box and bracket for glove box, removing and installing
        • Lock cylinder and push button for glove box, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Knee bar and bracket, driver side, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing air vent for side outlet, rear
        • Trim for steering column switch, overview
        • Trim for steering column switch, removing and installing
        • Center console, overview
        • Center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with manual transmission:
          • Vehicles with center armrest:
          • All vehicles:
        • Instrument panel (center), assembly
        • Instrument panel (center), removing and installing
      • Center armrest (through 1999)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
        • Center console and center armrest with telephone, installation
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest, modifications for retrofit
        • Ashtray, storage pocket, trim for shift mechanism and center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Trim for gearshift mechanism for vehicles with manual transmission
      • Center armrest (from 10.98 on)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting connector for telephone
          • Removing vent console
          • Removing center console cover
          • Disconnecting connector for lighting
        • Support foot cover, removing and installing
        • Center armrest trim plate, removing and installing
        • Center armrest storage compartment, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Storage compartment without lift
          • Storage compartment with lift, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Storage compartment with Cullmann lift
        • Center armrest cable, removing and installing
        • Center armrest telephone cable routing, installation
        • Center armrest lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with Cullmann-Lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with clip, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with bracket and screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest cover, removing and installing
        • Fitting and removing outer covering of center armrest cover
        • Lower section of center armrest outer covering, removing and installing
      • Interior rearview mirror
        • Rearview mirror, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (automatic day/night mirror), removing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (roof mounted), removing and installing
        • Automatic dimming interior rearview mirror, testing function
          • Test requirements
          • Test procedure
        • Interior rearview mirror mounting plate, bonding
          • Repair method with glass-metal-adhesive
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work procedure
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
  • Seats
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
    • Seats Frames
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Front seats
        • Special tools and equipment
        • Front seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
            • Continued for all vehicles:
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
        • Seat frame trim, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Remove switch for seat adjustment
        • Inner seat frame trim, removing and installing
        • Rear seatback, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seatback (sport seat), removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Frame trim (sport seat), removing and installing
        • Guide rail, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Work procedure
        • Guide rail (sport seat), removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Work procedure
        • Lateral support and mounting for headrest, removing and installing
        • Headrest and guides, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing headrest
          • Removing power headrest
          • All:
          • Removing headrest guide
          • Removing power adjustable headrest for sport seat
        • Headrests with monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Tightening Torques
        • Seatback mechanical folding table, removing and installing
          • Special Tools and Equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Tightening Torque
        • Folding table, aligning to backrest
          • Notes
          • Tightening Torque
      • Power adjustable sport seats
        • Notes
        • General Notes:
        • Mechanical seat, moving forward and back
        • Seatback electrical components, removing and installing
        • Power components in seat frame, removing and installing
        • Headrest adjustment motor and sensor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • End switch for headrest adjustment, removing and installing
        • Pump, pressure switch and valve block for lumbar adjustment, removing and installing
        • Motor and sensor for seatback, adjustment and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Motors and sensor for height and length adjuster, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Current supply relay for seat adjustment, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Control module for seat adjustment with memory, removing and installing
        • Seat switch, removing and installing
        • Seat heating connectors, installed position
      • Rear seats
        • Special tools and equipment
        • Rear seat bench, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seatback, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
            • Vehicles with third head rest:
            • All:
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
        • Rear seatback armrest, removing and installing
        • Headrest, removing and installing
        • Armrest for rear seatback with third headrest, removing and installing
        • Electric headrest adjustment, removing and installing
        • Electric lumbar adjustment, removing and installing
        • Motors for lumbar adjustment, removing and installing
        • Wire routing for electric lumbar adjustment and electric headrest, adjustment
      • Power adjustable individual seats, rear
        • Notes
        • Power seat, moving forward and back
        • Power motors, assembly overview
        • Electrical connectors and relay in support for center cushion
        • Electrically adjustable individual seats, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
            • All:
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with side airbag:
        • Power adjusted individual seats, separate seatback and seat part
        • Armrest for rear seatback, removing and installing
        • Power seatback adjustment motor, removing and installing
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - HVAC, Can & Defrosters
      • Automatic Climate Control System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
        • Technical data
        • System changes from m.y. 1998
        • System changes from m.y. 2000 (with revised driver's information display)
        • VAG 1551 ((VAG 1552) Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
          • Requirements
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
          • Notes
          • If a DTC was recognized
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Notes
          • Changes to model year 2000 and up vehicles
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output DTM
          • Changes to model year 2000 and up vehicles:
            • Notes
            • Activated actuators
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) Idle speed control test, initiating
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Coding variants:
            • Notes
            • Example for A/C control head -E87- up to index "H":
            • Example for A/C control head -E87- from index "J":
            • Coding A/C control head -E87- (up to index "H")
            • Coding A/C control head -E87-, beginning at index "J"
            • Coding A/C control head -E87-, model year 2000 and up
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Notes
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Overview of display group numbers which can be selected
          • Display group 001 - A/C compressor cut-off conditions, voltage for A/C clutch -N25-, voltage to terminal 15 and requirement for recirculating air mode/sensor for air quality -G238-
          • Display group 002-Defroster flap motor -V107-
          • Display group 003-Left center vent motor -V110-
          • Display group 004-Right center vent motor -V111-
          • Display group 005-Center vent adjusting motor -V102-
          • Display group 006-Temperature regulator flap motor -V68-
          • Display group 007-Left footwell flap motor -V108-
          • Display group 008-Right footwell flap motor -V109-
          • Display group 009-Rear footwell vent motor -V112-
          • Display group 010-Air flow flap motor -V71-
          • Display group 011-Recirculation flap motor -V113-
          • Display group 012-ACF flap motor -V114-
          • Display group 013-Left center air vent switch -F183- and right center vent switch -F184-, center vent position sensor -G142- and calculated ambient temperature for outside air temperature display -G106-
          • Display group 014-Outside air temperature sensor -G17- and fresh air intake duct temperature sensor -G89-, left vent temperature sensor -G150- and right vent temperature sensor -G151-
          • Display group 015-Instrument panel interior temperature sensor -G56-, calculated coolant temperature and sunlight photo sensor -G107-
          • Display group 016-Voltage and fresh air blower -V2-, parking light and voltage at terminal 58D)
          • Display group 017-Engine speed, compressor speed and vehicle speed
          • Display group 018-Kick-down switch, coolant temperature switch, A/C compressor cut-in and A/C refrigerant high pressure switch -F118-
          • Display group 019-Coolant pump -V50-, left heat regulating valve -N175- and right heat regulating valve -N176-
          • Changes to model year 2000 and up vehicles, Overview of display group numbers which can be selected
          • Display group 001: Instantaneous occurring compressor shut off conditions, voltage for A/C clutch, -N25-, Voltage to terminal "15" and requirement recirculation mode/sensor for air quality -G238-
          • Display group 012: For control head having part numbers up to Index "K"
          • Display group 012: Information on Can-Bus for control head having part numbers beginning with the index letter "M"
          • Display group 013: Switch for jet center left -F183- and right -F184-, center vent position sensor -G142- and calculated outside temperature for outside air temperature display -G106-
          • Display group 014: Outside air temperature sensor -G17-, Outside temperature from instrument cluster, fresh air intake duct temperature sensor -G89-, left vent temperature sensor -G150-, and right -G151-
          • Display group 15: Instrument cluster interior temperature sensor -G56-, calculated or determined by coolant temperature transferred into instrument cluster and sunlight photo sensor -G107-
          • Display group 016: Voltage to fresh air blower -V2-, voltage to terminal 58d, terminal 58s and parking light 58
          • Display group 017: engine RPM, compressor RPM, vehicle speed and auxiliary heater
          • Display group 018: Kick-down-switch activating rear window defroster, temperature switch for coolant, A/C compressor engagement and high pressure switch -F118-
          • Display group 019: Left heat regulating valve -N175- and right -N176-; pump for coolant recirculation -V50- and activation of windshield defroster
          • Display group 020: the last four compressor shutoff conditions
          • Display group 021: Idle RPM increase, activating fan for coolant and activating washer system
          • Display group 022: Allocation ignition key and signal for "time ignition off"
      • Automatic Climate Control System, electrical tests
        • Tools required
        • Connecting VAG1598/19 test box to connector of A/C control head -E87-
        • Test step 1 - Temperature sensors
          • Notes
          • Resistance levels of temperature sensors dependent on ambient temperature in k ohm (kilo-ohms)
        • Test step 2 - Center vent position sensor -G142-
        • Test step 3 - Fresh air blower -V2- and control module for fresh air blower -J126-
        • Test step 4 - Coolant pump -V50- and related valves
        • Test step 5 - Motors in engine compartment
        • Test step 6 - Motors in passenger compartment
        • Test step 7 - Sensor for compressor speed, low pressure and high pressure switches
        • Test step 8 - Relay for A/C clutch, actuation of fan
        • Test step 9 - Signal for washer/wiper system
        • Electrical test changes for model year 2000 and up vehicles
        • Test step 1 (Voltage supply, Ground, illumination, temperature sensor/sender):
        • Test step 8 (A/C clutch relay -J44-, activating coolant fan -V7-):
        • Test step 9 (Signal for washer-wiper system, connection to windshield defroster control module -J505-):
      • Can-Bus
        • Can-Bus, function
          • Bus:
          • Can:
          • Example:
        • Can-Bus malfunction "Faulty databus drive," checking
          • Notes
          • Malfunction is indicated only by A/C control head -E87-
          • In another control module a malfunction is indicated:
          • Can-Bus notes:
          • Malfunction is indicated only by A/C control head -E87-.
      • Rear window defroster, electrical test
        • Required measuring and test items
        • Test requirements
      • Windshield defroster
        • Windshield defroster, function
        • Windshield defroster, disconnecting
      • Solar sunroof, checking
        • Notes
        • Checking function of solar sunroof
      • Data Link Connector (DLC), checking wiring connections
        • Notes
        • Tools required
        • Terminal assignment at Data Link Connector (DLC)
    • Sunroof
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Sunroof
        • Sunroof, assembly overview
        • Aluminum and solar sunroof panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Aluminum and solar sunroof headliner, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glass sunroof panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof headliner, removing and installing
        • Wind deflector, removing and installing
        • Sunroof panel seal, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with aluminum sunroof panel
          • Vehicles with solar (e.g. glass) sunroof panel
        • Sunroof motor, removing and installing
        • Sunroof motor zero position, adjusting
        • Link guide with cable, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator, removing and installing
        • Link guide zero position, checking and adjusting
        • Sunroof panel height, adjusting
          • Vehicles with aluminum sunroof panel
          • Vehicles with solar (e.g. glass) sunroof panel
          • Rear height adjustment
      • Water drain hoses, cleaning
        • Notes
        • Front water drain hoses
        • Rear water drain hoses
  • Windows
    • Front Doors, Central Locking System
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Front door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Greasing points for lower door hinge
          • Removing and installing side impact bar
        • Front window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing front window
          • Adjusting window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Front window regulator, removing and installing
        • Front door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing lock cylinder locking rod
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
        • Front door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installed position of spring
          • Removing trim panel for door handle
          • Installed position of coupling plate
      • Front door (from m.y. 1999 and on)
        • Door lock, removing and installing
        • Door lock cover, removing and installing
        • Front door lock operating rods, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing securing rod for lock cylinder
          • Adjusting locking lever play
          • Adjustment depth for securing rod
        • Door handle, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing microswitch
          • Removing and installing seal for door handle
        • Door handle, removing
          • Notes
          • Disengaging mount for door handle
          • Removing trim
        • Front door handle, preassembly
          • Notes
          • Peening pivot pin
          • Correct installation position of spring
          • Installing locking pins
      • Front door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • 1. Gap measurements
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size for door components carrier
      • Central locking system
        • Notes
        • Central locking system, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting vacuum lines
          • Removing and installing front door lock actuator
          • Removing and installing lock actuator for rear door
          • Removing and installing fuel filler flap lock actuator
          • Removing and installing rear lid lock actuator
          • Vacuum line routing in rear lid
          • Removing and installing pump for central locking system
    • Glass, Window Regulators
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
    • Rear Doors
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Rear door (up to m.y. 1999)
        • Door shell and door component carrier, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Upper door hinge
          • Lower door hinge
          • Lower door hinge greasing points
          • Removing side impact bar
        • Rear window, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing rear window
          • Adjusting rear door window stop
          • Adjusting rear window
          • Removing and installing guide pin
        • Rear window regulator, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting window regulator motor harness connector
        • Rear door lock with operating components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for inside door mechanism
          • Removing and installing Bowden cable for door locking mechanism
          • Disconnecting Bowden cable for door locking mechanism from hinged lever
          • Removing hinged lever
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing face plate for door handle
      • Rear door (m.y. 1999 and up)
        • Rear door handle, removing and installing
        • Operating rods for rear door lock, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Bowden cable for door lock
        • Rear door handle, preassembly
      • Rear door, adjusting (sequence of operations)
        • I - Door shell, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • 1. Size of gap
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
          • 2. Adjusting to body contour
            • Notes
            • Upper door hinge
            • Lower door hinge
            • Adjusting door at striker plate
        • II - Door component carrier, adjusting
          • Notes
          • Reference size of door component carrier
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) and Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)
        • General notes
        • Road testing vehicle
        • High-pressure and low-pressure tests
          • Before beginning:
          • High-pressure test:
          • Low-pressure test:
      • ABS/ESP, component overview
      • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Bosch 5.0
        • Notes
        • Hydraulic unit and brake lines
          • Notes
          • Brake line connections at the hydraulic unit, ABS 5.0
          • Brake line separation points
          • Separation point of brake line, hydraulic unit - right front brake caliper
        • Hydraulic unit bracket, removing and installing
        • ABS control module (w/EDL) -J104-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Bosch 5.3
        • Hydraulic control unit, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Installed, up to March 1997
          • Installed, as of April 1997
        • ABS hydraulic unit, removing and installing
          • Special Tools and Equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) Bosch 5.3
        • Notes
        • Hydraulic unit with hydraulic pump for traction control, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Application of brake lines in bracket
        • Brake line connections: hydraulic control unit with hydraulic pump for traction control
        • ABS hydraulic unit, removing and installing
          • Special Tools and Equipment
          • Removing
          • Disconnect connector from hydraulic unit
          • Installing
        • Hydraulic pump for Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP), removing and installing
          • Special Tools and Equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • ABS/ESP system components, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Brake light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Steering angle sensor -G85-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Remove trim pieces at steering column switch.
          • Installing
          • Be sure that center position is maintained
        • Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200- and sender for rotation rate -G202-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-
          • Be careful!
          • Installing
      • ABS/ESP system components at front axle, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • ABS wheel speed sensor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • ABS wheel speed sensor rotor, checking
      • ABS/ESP system components at rear axle, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • ABS wheel speed sensor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • ABS wheel speed sensor rotor, checking
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Abs/EDL/ASR
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General
        • Function
        • VAG1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and entering address word
        • Selecting functions
          • Notes
          • Erase DTC Memory
            • Requirements
          • End Output
      • CAN-bus, function
        • Bus:
        • Can:
        • Two-line bus system, checking
          • The DTC table indicates the bus must be checked
          • Is there is a malfunction?
          • While checking the bus lines, differentiate between the following two situations:
          • Two control modules are communicating across a "two-line bus system"
          • Three or more control modules are communicating across a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1:
            • Example 2:
            • Example 3:
        • Reconnecting battery, procedures
          • Notes
          • Basic setting for the up and down power windows function
          • Setting the clock
          • Adaptation of throttle valve control module
      • ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR Bosch 5.0
        • Application notes
        • Safety measures and basic rules for troubleshooting
          • Notes
          • Road test
          • If there is a complaint, a pin-pointed troubleshooting must be carried out:
          • Test requirements
        • Technical publications required
        • Function of Bosch ABS 5.0 Series
          • Notes
          • The components of the Bosch type 5.0 system have the following functions:
            • Electronic brake force distribution
            • Abs:
            • EDL:
            • ASR:
        • Table of warning light functions
        • Function of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Notes
          • Technical data of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
          • Notes
          • DTC table
        • Encode control module
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Test table, Display group 1
          • Test table, Display group 2
          • Test table, Display group 3
        • Electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Notes on DTC table
      • ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR Bosch 5.3
        • Application notes
        • Safety measures and basic rules for troubleshooting
          • Notes
          • Road test
          • Test requirements
        • Function of Bosch ABS 5.3 Series
          • Notes
          • The components of the Bosch type 5.3 system have the following functions:
            • Electronic brake force distribution
            • Abs:
            • EDL:
            • ASR:
          • Two communications systems are in use:
        • Table of warning light functions
        • Function of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Notes
          • Technical data of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Encode control module
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Test table, Display group 1
          • Test table, Display group 2
          • Test table, Display group 3
          • Test table, Display group 4
        • Electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Note on DTC table
          • Test table
      • Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)
        • Notes
        • Safety measures and troubleshooting basics
          • Notes
          • Test drive
          • Test conditions
        • Technical information required
        • ESP function
          • Notes
          • EBD
          • Abs
          • EDL
          • ASR
          • Esp
            • Notes
            • Examples
          • The new components:
            • Hydraulic pump for traction control -V156- and the sensor for brake pressure -G201-
            • Steering Angle Sensor -G85-
            • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-
            • Sender for rotation rate -G202-
            • Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-
            • The parking brake switch
            • The ABS solenoid valve relay -J106- and the ABS return flow pump relay -J105-
            • ABS/ESP Control Module CAN Bus
        • Indicator light functions, overview
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), specific functions
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Control module versions (scan tool function 01), checking
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory (scan tool function 02), checking
            • DTC table
          • DTC table; DTCs 00000 to 00526
          • DTC table; DTCs 00532 to 01421
          • DTC table; DTCs 01422 to 01425
          • DTC table; DTCs 01435 to 01542
          • DTC table; DTCs 18031 to 65535
        • Basic setting (scan tool function 04)
          • Notes
          • Login procedure (scan tool function 11)
            • Notes
            • Display group 1: Zeroing the steering angle sensor -G85-
            • Display group 2: Activating hydraulic pump for traction control -V156-
            • Display group 3: Activating ESP driving test
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (scan tool function 03)
        • Code Control Module (scan tool function 07)
          • Notes
          • Test sequence
        • Measuring Value Block (scan tool function 08), reading
          • Notes
          • Test table: display group 1 (001)
          • Test table: display group 2 (002)
          • Test table: display group 3 (003)
          • Test table: display group 4 (004)
          • Test table: display group 5 (005)
          • Test table: display group 6 (006)
          • Test table: display group 125
          • Electrical Testing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Electrical test table
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of tire pressure control system
        • Safety precautions
        • Test requirements:
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
        • DTC table for tire pressure monitoring
        • Encode control module
          • Notes
          • Performing coding
          • Code: 20129
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Measured value block 001
          • Measured value block 002
          • Measured value block 003
          • Measured value block 004
          • Measured value block 005
          • Measured value block 006
          • Measured value block 007
          • Measured value block 008
          • Measured value block 009
          • Measured value block 010
          • Measured value block 011
          • Measured value block 013
          • Measured value block 014
          • Measured value block 015
          • Measured value block 016
          • Measured value block 017
          • Measured value block 018
          • Measured value block 021
        • Adaptation
      • Tire pressure monitoring system, operating for the first time
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brakes
      • Description & Operation
      • Bleeding Brake System
        • Bleeding Procedures
          • Notes
          • Without Electronic Stability Program
          • With Electronic Stability Program
      • Adjustments
        • BRAKELIGHT Switch
        • Parking Brake
        • Power Booster Push Rod
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Brake Pad Indicator Light
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Caliper (Front)
          • Notes
          • HP2 Steel Caliper Bracket Retrofit
        • Caliper (Rear)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Front Pads (FN3)
          • Notes
          • Removal (FN3)
          • Installation (FN3)
        • Front Pads (Hp2, Aluminum Caliper)
          • Notes
          • Removal (HP2, Aluminum Caliper)
          • Installation (HP2, Aluminum Caliper)
        • Front Pads (Hp2, Steel Caliper
          • Notes
          • Removal (HP2, Steel Caliper)
          • Installation (HP2, Steel Caliper)
        • Front Pads(BREMBO)
          • Notes
          • Removal (Brembo)
          • Installation (Brembo)
        • Master Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Parking Brake Cables
        • Parking Brake Lever
        • Power Brake Booster
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Pads
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Front Caliper (FN3)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Front Caliper (Hp2, Aluminum Caliper)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly& Reassembly
        • Front Caliper (Hp2, Steel Caliper)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Front Caliper (BREMBO)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning & Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Rear Caliper
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning & Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Master Cylinder
        • Vacuum Power Boosters
      • Torque Specifications
      • Disc Brake Specifications
  • Traction Control
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) and Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)
        • General notes
        • Road testing vehicle
        • High-pressure and low-pressure tests
          • Before beginning:
          • High-pressure test:
          • Low-pressure test:
      • ABS/ESP, component overview
      • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Bosch 5.0
        • Notes
        • Hydraulic unit and brake lines
          • Notes
          • Brake line connections at the hydraulic unit, ABS 5.0
          • Brake line separation points
          • Separation point of brake line, hydraulic unit - right front brake caliper
        • Hydraulic unit bracket, removing and installing
        • ABS control module (w/EDL) -J104-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Bosch 5.3
        • Hydraulic control unit, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Installed, up to March 1997
          • Installed, as of April 1997
        • ABS hydraulic unit, removing and installing
          • Special Tools and Equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) Bosch 5.3
        • Notes
        • Hydraulic unit with hydraulic pump for traction control, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Application of brake lines in bracket
        • Brake line connections: hydraulic control unit with hydraulic pump for traction control
        • ABS hydraulic unit, removing and installing
          • Special Tools and Equipment
          • Removing
          • Disconnect connector from hydraulic unit
          • Installing
        • Hydraulic pump for Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP), removing and installing
          • Special Tools and Equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • ABS/ESP system components, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Brake light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Steering angle sensor -G85-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Remove trim pieces at steering column switch.
          • Installing
          • Be sure that center position is maintained
        • Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200- and sender for rotation rate -G202-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-
          • Be careful!
          • Installing
      • ABS/ESP system components at front axle, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • ABS wheel speed sensor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • ABS wheel speed sensor rotor, checking
      • ABS/ESP system components at rear axle, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • ABS wheel speed sensor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • ABS wheel speed sensor rotor, checking
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Abs/EDL/ASR
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General
        • Function
        • VAG1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and entering address word
        • Selecting functions
          • Notes
          • Erase DTC Memory
            • Requirements
          • End Output
      • CAN-bus, function
        • Bus:
        • Can:
        • Two-line bus system, checking
          • The DTC table indicates the bus must be checked
          • Is there is a malfunction?
          • While checking the bus lines, differentiate between the following two situations:
          • Two control modules are communicating across a "two-line bus system"
          • Three or more control modules are communicating across a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1:
            • Example 2:
            • Example 3:
        • Reconnecting battery, procedures
          • Notes
          • Basic setting for the up and down power windows function
          • Setting the clock
          • Adaptation of throttle valve control module
      • ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR Bosch 5.0
        • Application notes
        • Safety measures and basic rules for troubleshooting
          • Notes
          • Road test
          • If there is a complaint, a pin-pointed troubleshooting must be carried out:
          • Test requirements
        • Technical publications required
        • Function of Bosch ABS 5.0 Series
          • Notes
          • The components of the Bosch type 5.0 system have the following functions:
            • Electronic brake force distribution
            • Abs:
            • EDL:
            • ASR:
        • Table of warning light functions
        • Function of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Notes
          • Technical data of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
          • Notes
          • DTC table
        • Encode control module
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Test table, Display group 1
          • Test table, Display group 2
          • Test table, Display group 3
        • Electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Notes on DTC table
      • ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR Bosch 5.3
        • Application notes
        • Safety measures and basic rules for troubleshooting
          • Notes
          • Road test
          • Test requirements
        • Function of Bosch ABS 5.3 Series
          • Notes
          • The components of the Bosch type 5.3 system have the following functions:
            • Electronic brake force distribution
            • Abs:
            • EDL:
            • ASR:
          • Two communications systems are in use:
        • Table of warning light functions
        • Function of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Notes
          • Technical data of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Encode control module
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Test table, Display group 1
          • Test table, Display group 2
          • Test table, Display group 3
          • Test table, Display group 4
        • Electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Note on DTC table
          • Test table
      • Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)
        • Notes
        • Safety measures and troubleshooting basics
          • Notes
          • Test drive
          • Test conditions
        • Technical information required
        • ESP function
          • Notes
          • EBD
          • Abs
          • EDL
          • ASR
          • Esp
            • Notes
            • Examples
          • The new components:
            • Hydraulic pump for traction control -V156- and the sensor for brake pressure -G201-
            • Steering Angle Sensor -G85-
            • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-
            • Sender for rotation rate -G202-
            • Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-
            • The parking brake switch
            • The ABS solenoid valve relay -J106- and the ABS return flow pump relay -J105-
            • ABS/ESP Control Module CAN Bus
        • Indicator light functions, overview
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), specific functions
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Control module versions (scan tool function 01), checking
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory (scan tool function 02), checking
            • DTC table
          • DTC table; DTCs 00000 to 00526
          • DTC table; DTCs 00532 to 01421
          • DTC table; DTCs 01422 to 01425
          • DTC table; DTCs 01435 to 01542
          • DTC table; DTCs 18031 to 65535
        • Basic setting (scan tool function 04)
          • Notes
          • Login procedure (scan tool function 11)
            • Notes
            • Display group 1: Zeroing the steering angle sensor -G85-
            • Display group 2: Activating hydraulic pump for traction control -V156-
            • Display group 3: Activating ESP driving test
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (scan tool function 03)
        • Code Control Module (scan tool function 07)
          • Notes
          • Test sequence
        • Measuring Value Block (scan tool function 08), reading
          • Notes
          • Test table: display group 1 (001)
          • Test table: display group 2 (002)
          • Test table: display group 3 (003)
          • Test table: display group 4 (004)
          • Test table: display group 5 (005)
          • Test table: display group 6 (006)
          • Test table: display group 125
          • Electrical Testing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Electrical test table
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of tire pressure control system
        • Safety precautions
        • Test requirements:
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
        • DTC table for tire pressure monitoring
        • Encode control module
          • Notes
          • Performing coding
          • Code: 20129
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Measured value block 001
          • Measured value block 002
          • Measured value block 003
          • Measured value block 004
          • Measured value block 005
          • Measured value block 006
          • Measured value block 007
          • Measured value block 008
          • Measured value block 009
          • Measured value block 010
          • Measured value block 011
          • Measured value block 013
          • Measured value block 014
          • Measured value block 015
          • Measured value block 016
          • Measured value block 017
          • Measured value block 018
          • Measured value block 021
        • Adaptation
      • Tire pressure monitoring system, operating for the first time
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Description & Operation
    • Lubrication
    • Removal & Installation
      • Front Axle Shaft
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Rear Axle Shaft
        • Removal
        • Installation
    • Overhaul
      • Constant Velocity Joint (Outer)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly, Inspection & Reassembly
      • Constant Velocity Joint (Inner)
        • Notes
        • Disassembly, Inspection & Reassembly
      • Triple Roller Joint
        • Disassembly, Inspection & Reassembly
    • Torque Specifications
    • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Charging Systems
    • Generators & Regulators
      • Identification
        • Engine Identification
      • Description
      • Adjustments
        • Belt Tension
        • Drive Belt Routing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Load Test
        • No Load Test
      • Bench Testing
        • Brushes
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Battery Disconnect Precautions
          • 1997-99
          • 2000-03
        • Generator
          • Removal & Installation
        • Generator Belt Pulley
          • Removal & Installation (With Freewheel)
          • Removal & Installation (Without Freewheel)
        • Voltage Regulator
      • Overhaul
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Engine Identification
      • Fuse & Relay Panels Identification
        • Notes
        • Fuse Color & Amp Rating Identification
    • Fuses
      • Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel
        • Notes
        • Fuse Panel Location (Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel)
        • Fuse Panel Identification (Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel)
    • Relay Panels
      • Notes
      • Micro Central Electric Panel
        • Notes
        • Relay Identification (Micro Central Electric Panel)
      • Passengers FOOTWELL Fifteen Fold Relay Panel
        • Notes
        • Relay Identification (Fifteen Fold Relay Panel)
      • Passengers FOOTWELL Auxiliary Eleven Fold Fuse & Relay Panel
        • Notes
        • Relay Identification (Auxiliary Eleven Fold Fuse & Relay Panel)
        • Fuse Identification (Auxiliary Eleven Fold Fuse & Relay Panel)
      • Drivers FOOTWELL Ten Fold Relay Panel
        • Notes
        • Relay Identification (Drivers Footwell Ten Fold Relay Panel)
        • Fuse Identification (Drivers Footwell Ten Fold Relay Panel)
      • Luggage Boot Relay & Fuse Carrier
        • Notes
        • Fuse Identification (Luggage Boot Relay & Fuse Carrier)
      • Plenum E-Box Relay & Fuse Panel
        • Notes
        • Relay Identification (Plenum E-Box Relay & Fuse Panel)
        • Fuse Identification (Plenum E-Box Relay & Fuse Panel)
      • Coolant Fan, First, Second & Third Speed Relays
  • Gauges
    • Instruments
      • Instrument cluster
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Notes on exchanging instrument cluster
          • Additional information:
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip odometer display
        • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Instrument cluster multi-pin connectors
          • Notes
          • Instrument cluster
        • Terminal assignments at instrument cluster
          • 32-pin connector for basic functions, blue
          • 32-pin connector for additional functions, green
          • 32-pin connector for multi-function display, gray
        • Vehicle speed signal, checking
        • Signal from sender for fuel gauge -G-, checking
          • Notes
          • Specified values
        • Consumption signal, checking
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G2- signal, checking
    • Interior Equipment
      • Contact corrosion!
      • Storage/covers
        • Glove box and bracket for glove box, removing and installing
        • Lock cylinder and push button for glove box, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Knee bar and bracket, driver side, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing air vent for side outlet, rear
        • Trim for steering column switch, overview
        • Trim for steering column switch, removing and installing
        • Center console, overview
        • Center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with manual transmission:
          • Vehicles with center armrest:
          • All vehicles:
        • Instrument panel (center), assembly
        • Instrument panel (center), removing and installing
      • Center armrest (through 1999)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
        • Center console and center armrest with telephone, installation
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest, modifications for retrofit
        • Ashtray, storage pocket, trim for shift mechanism and center console, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Trim for gearshift mechanism for vehicles with manual transmission
      • Center armrest (from 10.98 on)
        • Center armrest, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disconnecting connector for telephone
          • Removing vent console
          • Removing center console cover
          • Disconnecting connector for lighting
        • Support foot cover, removing and installing
        • Center armrest trim plate, removing and installing
        • Center armrest storage compartment, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Storage compartment without lift
          • Storage compartment with lift, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Storage compartment with Cullmann lift
        • Center armrest cable, removing and installing
        • Center armrest telephone cable routing, installation
        • Center armrest lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with Cullmann-Lift, removing and installing
        • Center armrest with clip, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with bracket and screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrests with screw, separating at left and right
        • Center armrest, retrofitting
        • Center armrest cover, removing and installing
        • Fitting and removing outer covering of center armrest cover
        • Lower section of center armrest outer covering, removing and installing
      • Interior rearview mirror
        • Rearview mirror, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (automatic day/night mirror), removing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rearview mirror (roof mounted), removing and installing
        • Automatic dimming interior rearview mirror, testing function
          • Test requirements
          • Test procedure
        • Interior rearview mirror mounting plate, bonding
          • Repair method with glass-metal-adhesive
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work procedure
    • Interior Trim
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • Use only Genuine Parts!
      • Door trim, front
        • Component locations, overview
        • Front door trim, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Door trim, rear
        • Component locations, overview
        • Rear door trim, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunshade for door glass, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Retaining hooks for sunshade, removing and installing
      • Trim
        • A-pillar upper trim, removing and installing
        • A-pillar upper left trim, removing and installing
        • A-pillar upper right trim, removing and installing
        • B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • D-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Grab handle, removing
          • Notes
          • Vehicles up to 06.97:
          • Vehicles from 07.97 on:
        • Coat hook, removing
        • Floor pad front, removing and installing
        • Hat shelf, removing and installing
        • Power sunshade for rear glass, removing and installing
        • Rear window shade motor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Drive disc for motor rear shade, replacing
        • Rear window shade control module -J262-, removing and installing
        • Sill molding interior, removing and installing
        • Rear lid trim, removing
        • Closeout panel trim, removing and installing
        • Luggage compartment trim, removing
      • Trims (with roof mounted rearview mirror), m.y. 2000 and up
        • Upper section of A-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • Lower C-pillar trim, removing and installing.
        • Small D-pillar trim, removing and installing
        • D-pillar trim, removing and installing
      • Instrument panel
        • Component locations, overview
        • Instrument panel, removing and installing
          • Removing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from 07.97 on:
            • All:
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission:
            • Vehicles with manual adjustable automatic vertical aim control system:
          • Installing
          • Removing and installing instrument panel trim
        • Support for instrument panel, removing and installing
        • Acoustic fitting at carrier for instrument cluster, removing
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
      • Instrument cluster, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Malfunction message "dEF" on trip recorder display
          • Notes for replacing instrument cluster
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of instrument cluster, initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table:
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 010
          • Measuring value block 011
          • Measuring value block 012
          • Measuring value block 013
          • Measuring value block 014
          • Measuring value block 015
          • Measuring value block 050
          • Measuring value block 125
          • Measuring value block 126
          • Measuring value block 130
          • Measuring value block 140
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Adaptation table
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Resetting SRI after service
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge
          • Language version of driver information monitor
          • Odometer display
          • Adaptation of auxiliary heater
          • Adaptation of fuel gauge sender resistance range
          • Distance driven since service
          • Time since service
          • Minimum mileage performance
          • Maximum mileage performance
          • Maximum time interval
          • Adaptation of oil quality
          • Adaptation of total consumption quantity
          • Adaptation for power train data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for comfort system databus
            • Notes
            • Adaptation value
          • Adaptation for information data-BUS
            • Notes
            • Adapatation value
        • Input values for replacing instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Perform the following steps after replacing instrument cluster
        • Data exchange between control modules, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking bus system
          • Checking a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
            • Example 3
            • If you cannot determine a cause for the malfunction, e.g. "power train data-BUS faulty", check whether one of the control modules may be responsible for the DTC
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Notes for use and adaptation of vehicle key
        • Safety precautions
        • Anti-theft immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 022
          • Measuring value block 023
          • Measuring value block 024
        • Adaptation (function 10)
        • Adaptation of vehicle keys
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Lost key procedure
          • Notes
          • Determining the secret number
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • Adaptation after replacing the instrument cluster and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Notes
          • Procedure
        • Login procedure
          • Notes
          • Login Procedure, instrument cluster
          • Login procedure, Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Emergency start function using VAG 1551
          • Notes
          • Requirements
      • Cruise control system (CCS), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Additional information
        • Safety precautions
        • CCS, checking
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 66
        • CCS, activating
        • CCS, deactivating
        • Electrical test using VAG 1598/31 test box
      • Acoustic Parking System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Acoustic Parking System On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
          • Measuring value block 003
          • Measuring value block 004
          • Measuring value block 005
          • Measuring value block 006
          • Measuring value block 007
        • Adaptation (function 10)
          • Notes
          • Initiating "Adaptation" function 10
          • Adaptation table
      • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function:
        • Automatic vertical headlight aim control, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating
          • Additional information
          • Safety precautions
          • Test requirements
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check Control Module Versions (function 01)
        • Check DTC Memory (function 02)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Notes
          • Perform basic setting
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Notes
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Initiating coding
          • Coding table
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Initiating "Read Measuring Value Block"
          • Display group overview
          • Measuring value block 001
          • Measuring value block 002
      • VAS 5051 tester or VAG 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting functions
        • Test requirements
  • Horns
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
  • Starters
    • Trouble Shooting
    • Removal & Installation
      • Battery Disconnect Precautions
        • Notes
        • 1997-99
        • 2000-03
      • Starter
        • Notes
        • Removal & Installation
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.2L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling Fan
    • Electric Cooling Fans
      • Identification
        • Engine Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • A/C High Pressure Combination Switch (F23 & F118)
        • A/C Pressure Switch (F129)
        • Coolant Fan Control THERMO Switch
        • Coolant Fan Third Speed Relay (J135)
      • Component Locations
      • System Tests
      • Component Tests
        • Notes
        • A/C High Pressure Combination Switch (F23 & F118)
        • A/C Pressure Switch (F129)
        • Coolant Fan (V7)
        • Coolant Fan Control THERMO Switch
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • 2001
        • 1998
        • 1999
        • 2000
        • 2002 A8
        • 2002 S8
        • 2003 A8 & S8
    • Engine Cooling System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Cooling system, servicing
      • Cooling system components
        • Notes
        • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing
        • Thermostat, removing and installing
          • Removing:
          • Installing:
        • Cooling system, draining and filling
          • Notes
          • Draining
          • Filling
        • Cooling system, checking for leaks
        • Pressure relief valve in filler cap, checking
        • Viscous fan, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Removing:
          • Installing
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Cooling system, servicing
      • Cooling system components
        • Notes
        • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing
        • Thermostat, removing and installing
          • Removing:
          • Installing:
        • Cooling system, draining and filling
          • Notes
          • Draining
          • Filling
        • Cooling system, checking for leaks
        • Pressure relief valve in filler cap, checking
        • Viscous fan, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Removing:
          • Installing
  • Exhaust System, Emission Controls - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
    • Exhaust system, servicing
    • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
      • Removing And Installing
        • Notes
        • Separating point between center and rear mufflers
      • Exhaust manifold, removing and installing
        • Removing
        • Installing
      • Front exhaust pipe with Three Way Catalytic (TWC) converter (left side), removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Removing
        • Installing
      • Front exhaust pipe with Three Way Catalytic (TWC) converter (right side), removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Removing
        • Installing
      • Exhaust system, aligning to relieve stress
        • Align exhaust system to avoid stress in the system and to prevent noise as follows:
        • Aligning catalytic converters
        • Installation position of double clamps between catalytic converters and center muffler
        • Tailpipes, aligning
        • Rear mufflers, aligning
        • Installation position of rear double clamps
      • Exhaust system, checking for leaks
  • Fuel System
    • Fuel Supply System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Fuel supply system servicing, important information
        • General repair instructions
        • Safety precautions when working on the fuel supply system
        • Rules for cleanliness
      • Fuel supply system
        • Notes
        • Position of cross brace
        • Position of double hose clamp
        • Fuel tank, draining
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Work sequence
        • Fuel tank with attachments, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fuel delivery module and fuel level senders, removing and installing
        • Fuel supply system, function
        • Fuel pump, electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Test requirements
          • Checking voltage supply
          • Checking current draw
        • Fuel pump delivery volume, checking
          • Notes
          • Requirements for test:
          • Test sequence
        • Fuel delivery module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Leak checking
        • Fuel level senders, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking resistance values of fuel level senders (two sensors)
        • Fuel level sensors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing sender for fuel gauge -G-(right)
            • Special tools and required equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Removing and installing Fuel Level Sensor 2 -G169- (left)
            • Notes
            • Special tools and required equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Fuel filler neck with expansion tank, component overview
          • Notes
          • Installation position of Ground (GND) connection
          • Bleed valve, removing and installing
          • Gravity valve, checking
        • Fuel filler neck with expansion tank, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fuel filter, replacing
      • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) system, servicing
        • EVAP canister, component overview
        • EVAP canister, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • EVAP system leak detection circuit diagram
        • EVAP system leak detection system, function
        • EVAP system, automatic leak testing
        • EVAP system, leak testing using VAS5051 or VAG1551
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Procedure
          • Checking fuel supply and tank ventilation system for leaks
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, overview
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, checking
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Initiate output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) as follows
          • Checking internal resistance
          • Checking voltage supply
            • Notes
            • Test requirement
          • Checking output wire
          • Checking input wire
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System Diagnosis using KLI9210 EVAP Tester
          • Description
          • Perform EVAP tester self-test
          • Calibrate KLI9210 Tester
          • Test fuel cap
          • Test LDP -V144- for internal leaks
          • Test EVAP System
      • Accelerator pedal linkage (vehicles with electronic throttle control), servicing
        • Notes
        • Accelerator pedal position sensor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Accelerator pedal position sensor, adjusting
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Work sequence
        • Kick-down switch, checking
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Test sequence
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Motronic Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) system, servicing
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Technical data (A8 vehicles)
          • Technical data (S8 vehicles)
          • Component locations, overview
          • Wiring and component check with VAG1598/31 test box
            • Notes
            • Connecting VAG1598/31 test box
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- (without metal anti -theft housing), replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Installing engine control module
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- (with metal anti -theft housing), replacing
            • Notes
            • Remove Engine Control Module (ECM)
              • Removing
            • Procedure:
            • Installing Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking activation of the ECM power supply relay
          • Activating Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Idle speed, checking
            • Test conditions
            • Checking idle speed
            • If the idle speed is too high or too low, or if the engine does not idle smoothly, and there are no malfunctions stored in the DTC memory, perform the following tests (marked with dots):
            • Relevance of figures in 5-digit readout in Display Group 056
          • Fuel pressure regulator and residual fuel pressure, checking
            • Requirements
          • Fuel injection volume, fuel injector leakage and spray pattern of injectors, checking
            • Test conditions
            • Removing fuel rail
            • Checking fuel injectors for leaks
            • Checking fuel injection volume
          • Fuel injectors, checking
            • Electrical testing of fuel injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Fuel Pump (FP) relay -J17- and relay activation, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional test of fuel pump relay
            • Testing activation of fuel pump relay
            • Checking activation for fuel pump and components
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor -G70-, checking
            • Requirements
            • Checking function
              • Notes
              • Reading Display Group 002
            • Checking voltage supply to MAF sensor
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection
            • Checking wiring for MAF sensor
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor -G42-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G62-, checking
            • Notes
            • Testing wiring
        • Oxygen sensor control, checking
          • Oxygen sensor control, function
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Significance of 3 digit indication in Display Group 30
            • Checking oxygen sensor adaptation and oxygen sensor control
              • Notes
              • Evaluation display group 32
              • Evaluation display group 33
          • Oxygen sensors aging, oxygen sensor before catalytic converter, checking
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence for oxygen sensor 1 before catalytic converter bank 1
            • Continuation
            • Test sequence for oxygen sensor 1 before catalytic converter bank 2
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter, checking
            • Test equipment and shop tools
              • Notes
              • Component location of connectors for oxygen sensors 2 behind catalytic converter:
            • Test conditions
            • Significance of 3 digit indication in Display Group 30
            • Checking oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter
              • Notes
              • Evaluation display group 037 and 038
            • Continuation
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for oxygen sensor heater
          • Oxygen sensor signal wire and activation, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-
          • Checking wiring for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130 -
            • Notes
            • Checking wiring for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 -G108-
            • Checking wiring for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131 -
          • Oxygen sensors, removing and installing
            • Removing
        • Intake manifold change-over, checking (A8 vehicles)
          • Notes
          • Intake manifold change-over, checking function
          • Intake Manifold Change -Over Valve -N156- and Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve -2- -N261-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply to intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking activation of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Check wiring
          • Vacuum system, checking
            • Checking solenoid valves for obstructions and leaks
            • Checking vacuum system for leaks
        • Intake manifold change-over, checking (S8 vehicles)
          • Intake manifold change -over valve, checking function
          • Intake manifold change-over valve - N156-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking activation of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking wire connection
          • Vacuum system, checking
            • Checking solenoid valve for throughput and proper seal
            • Checking vacuum system for proper seal
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system, checking
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-, checking
            • Checking for leaks
            • Electrical testing of Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-
            • Checking power supply to solenoid valve
            • Testing activation of Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112-, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump relay -J299-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for secondary air pump relay
            • Check activation of secondary air injection pump relay
          • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC) warning light, checking
            • Electronic throttle system, function
          • Throttle valve control module -J338-, checking
          • Throttle valve control module, adaptation
            • Notes
            • Test conditions for adaptation of throttle valve control module
            • Throttle valve control module, adaptation notes
          • Angle sensor -1- for throttle drive (power accelerator actuation) -G187- and angle sensor -2- for throttle drive (power accelerator actuation) -G188-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply to throttle valve control module
            • Checking wiring for voltage, signal and activation
          • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC) warning light in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Checking function of warning light
          • Throttle Position (TP) sensor -G79- and sender -2- for accelerator pedal position -G185-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply of accelerator position sensors
            • Checking signal wiring and wiring connections between accelerator position sensors and engine control module
          • Brake light switch -F- and brake pedal switch -F47-, checking
            • Notes
            • Relevance of figures in 4-digit readout in display field 2
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Additional signals, checking
            • Engine speed (RPM) signal, checking
          • A/C compressor shut-off, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
        • Crash signal, checking
          • Notes
          • Engine mounts, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for engine mounts
            • Checking activation for engine mounts
            • Checking wiring connection
          • Data exchange between Engine Control Module (ECM), ABS/EDL control module, Transmission Control Module (TCM) or instrument cluster, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking bus system
            • Automatic Test Sequence
            • Checking two-wire bus system
  • Engine Mechanical - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
    • Technical data
      • Engine number
      • Engine data
    • Engine - Assembly
      • Engine, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Special tools and equipment:
        • Engine, removing
      • Engine and transmission, separating
      • Engine, attaching to engine stand
      • Engine, installing
      • Tightening torques
    • Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
      • Engine, disassembling and assembling
        • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Removing:
          • Installing
      • Toothed belt, removing and installing
        • Special tools and equipment:
        • Removing
        • Installing
      • Vibration dampener, removing and installing
      • Toothed belt, removing from camshaft sprockets
        • Special tools and equipment:
        • Removing
        • Installing
      • Dual-mass flywheel or drive plate, removing and installing
        • A - Dual-mass flywheel
        • B - Drive plate
    • Engine - Cylinder Head, Valvetrain
      • Cylinder head, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Left cylinder head cover, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Right cylinder head cover, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Left cylinder head, removing
      • Right cylinder head, removing
      • Cylinder head, installing
      • Valve gear, servicing
        • Notes
        • Valve Dimensions
        • Bearing Cap, Applying Sealer
        • Camshaft axial play, checking
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Checking procedure:
        • Camshaft oil seals, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Oil seal for right Camshaft position (CMP) sensor, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Oil seal for left Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Camshafts and camshaft adjusters, removing and installing
        • Removing
        • When re-using drive chain:
        • Continuation:
          • Notes
          • Installing:
          • When re-using drive chain:
          • When using a new drive chain:
          • Continuation:
        • Valve stem seals, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Valve guides, checking
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Checking
          • Valves, checking
        • Valve seats, refacing
          • Special tools and equipment:
          • Refacing
          • Maximum permissible refacing dimension, calculating
    • Engine - Lubrication
      • Lubrication system
        • Component layout
      • Oil filter/oil cooler
      • Lower oil pan, removing and installing
        • Special tools and equipment:
        • Removing
        • Installing:
      • Oil pump, removing
        • Removing
        • Installing
      • Oil pressure switches and oil pressure, checking
        • Oil pressure switches, checking
        • Oil pressure, checking
      • Engine oil
      • Oil level, checking
        • Notes
        • Oil capacity (with new oil filter)
  • Starters
    • Trouble Shooting
    • Removal & Installation
      • Battery Disconnect Precautions
        • Notes
        • 1997-99
        • 2000-03
      • Starter
        • Notes
        • Removal & Installation
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
• Engine Performance
  • Application
    • Engine Controls - Introduction
      • Engine Controls - Introduction
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Identification Number
          • Nation Of Origin - Position 1
          • Manufacturer - Position 2 & 3
          • Series - Position 4
          • Engine - Position 5
          • Model - Position 7 & 8
          • Model Year - Position 10
          • Assembly Plant - Position 11
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
        • Engine Code Location
          • 1.8L Turbo (A4 - Engine Code AMB)
          • 1.8L Turbo (TT - Engine Codes AMU & AWP)
          • 2.7L Turbo (A6, Allroad & S4 - Engine Code APB)
          • 3.0L (A4 & A6 - Engine Code AVK)
          • 4.2L (A6, A8, S6 & S8 - Engine Codes AWN, BBD, AUX, & AYS)
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Fuel Delivery
    • Fuel Supply System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Fuel supply system servicing, important information
        • General repair instructions
        • Safety precautions when working on the fuel supply system
        • Rules for cleanliness
      • Fuel supply system
        • Notes
        • Position of cross brace
        • Position of double hose clamp
        • Fuel tank, draining
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Work sequence
        • Fuel tank with attachments, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fuel delivery module and fuel level senders, removing and installing
        • Fuel supply system, function
        • Fuel pump, electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Test requirements
          • Checking voltage supply
          • Checking current draw
        • Fuel pump delivery volume, checking
          • Notes
          • Requirements for test:
          • Test sequence
        • Fuel delivery module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Leak checking
        • Fuel level senders, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking resistance values of fuel level senders (two sensors)
        • Fuel level sensors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing sender for fuel gauge -G-(right)
            • Special tools and required equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Removing and installing Fuel Level Sensor 2 -G169- (left)
            • Notes
            • Special tools and required equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Fuel filler neck with expansion tank, component overview
          • Notes
          • Installation position of Ground (GND) connection
          • Bleed valve, removing and installing
          • Gravity valve, checking
        • Fuel filler neck with expansion tank, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fuel filter, replacing
      • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) system, servicing
        • EVAP canister, component overview
        • EVAP canister, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • EVAP system leak detection circuit diagram
        • EVAP system leak detection system, function
        • EVAP system, automatic leak testing
        • EVAP system, leak testing using VAS5051 or VAG1551
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Procedure
          • Checking fuel supply and tank ventilation system for leaks
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, overview
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, checking
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Initiate output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) as follows
          • Checking internal resistance
          • Checking voltage supply
            • Notes
            • Test requirement
          • Checking output wire
          • Checking input wire
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System Diagnosis using KLI9210 EVAP Tester
          • Description
          • Perform EVAP tester self-test
          • Calibrate KLI9210 Tester
          • Test fuel cap
          • Test LDP -V144- for internal leaks
          • Test EVAP System
      • Accelerator pedal linkage (vehicles with electronic throttle control), servicing
        • Notes
        • Accelerator pedal position sensor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Accelerator pedal position sensor, adjusting
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Work sequence
        • Kick-down switch, checking
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Test sequence
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Motronic Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) system, servicing
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Technical data (A8 vehicles)
          • Technical data (S8 vehicles)
          • Component locations, overview
          • Wiring and component check with VAG1598/31 test box
            • Notes
            • Connecting VAG1598/31 test box
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- (without metal anti -theft housing), replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Installing engine control module
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- (with metal anti -theft housing), replacing
            • Notes
            • Remove Engine Control Module (ECM)
              • Removing
            • Procedure:
            • Installing Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking activation of the ECM power supply relay
          • Activating Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Idle speed, checking
            • Test conditions
            • Checking idle speed
            • If the idle speed is too high or too low, or if the engine does not idle smoothly, and there are no malfunctions stored in the DTC memory, perform the following tests (marked with dots):
            • Relevance of figures in 5-digit readout in Display Group 056
          • Fuel pressure regulator and residual fuel pressure, checking
            • Requirements
          • Fuel injection volume, fuel injector leakage and spray pattern of injectors, checking
            • Test conditions
            • Removing fuel rail
            • Checking fuel injectors for leaks
            • Checking fuel injection volume
          • Fuel injectors, checking
            • Electrical testing of fuel injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Fuel Pump (FP) relay -J17- and relay activation, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional test of fuel pump relay
            • Testing activation of fuel pump relay
            • Checking activation for fuel pump and components
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor -G70-, checking
            • Requirements
            • Checking function
              • Notes
              • Reading Display Group 002
            • Checking voltage supply to MAF sensor
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection
            • Checking wiring for MAF sensor
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor -G42-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G62-, checking
            • Notes
            • Testing wiring
        • Oxygen sensor control, checking
          • Oxygen sensor control, function
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Significance of 3 digit indication in Display Group 30
            • Checking oxygen sensor adaptation and oxygen sensor control
              • Notes
              • Evaluation display group 32
              • Evaluation display group 33
          • Oxygen sensors aging, oxygen sensor before catalytic converter, checking
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence for oxygen sensor 1 before catalytic converter bank 1
            • Continuation
            • Test sequence for oxygen sensor 1 before catalytic converter bank 2
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter, checking
            • Test equipment and shop tools
              • Notes
              • Component location of connectors for oxygen sensors 2 behind catalytic converter:
            • Test conditions
            • Significance of 3 digit indication in Display Group 30
            • Checking oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter
              • Notes
              • Evaluation display group 037 and 038
            • Continuation
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for oxygen sensor heater
          • Oxygen sensor signal wire and activation, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-
          • Checking wiring for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130 -
            • Notes
            • Checking wiring for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 -G108-
            • Checking wiring for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131 -
          • Oxygen sensors, removing and installing
            • Removing
        • Intake manifold change-over, checking (A8 vehicles)
          • Notes
          • Intake manifold change-over, checking function
          • Intake Manifold Change -Over Valve -N156- and Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve -2- -N261-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply to intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking activation of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Check wiring
          • Vacuum system, checking
            • Checking solenoid valves for obstructions and leaks
            • Checking vacuum system for leaks
        • Intake manifold change-over, checking (S8 vehicles)
          • Intake manifold change -over valve, checking function
          • Intake manifold change-over valve - N156-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking activation of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking wire connection
          • Vacuum system, checking
            • Checking solenoid valve for throughput and proper seal
            • Checking vacuum system for proper seal
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system, checking
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-, checking
            • Checking for leaks
            • Electrical testing of Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-
            • Checking power supply to solenoid valve
            • Testing activation of Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112-, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump relay -J299-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for secondary air pump relay
            • Check activation of secondary air injection pump relay
          • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC) warning light, checking
            • Electronic throttle system, function
          • Throttle valve control module -J338-, checking
          • Throttle valve control module, adaptation
            • Notes
            • Test conditions for adaptation of throttle valve control module
            • Throttle valve control module, adaptation notes
          • Angle sensor -1- for throttle drive (power accelerator actuation) -G187- and angle sensor -2- for throttle drive (power accelerator actuation) -G188-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply to throttle valve control module
            • Checking wiring for voltage, signal and activation
          • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC) warning light in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Checking function of warning light
          • Throttle Position (TP) sensor -G79- and sender -2- for accelerator pedal position -G185-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply of accelerator position sensors
            • Checking signal wiring and wiring connections between accelerator position sensors and engine control module
          • Brake light switch -F- and brake pedal switch -F47-, checking
            • Notes
            • Relevance of figures in 4-digit readout in display field 2
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Additional signals, checking
            • Engine speed (RPM) signal, checking
          • A/C compressor shut-off, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
        • Crash signal, checking
          • Notes
          • Engine mounts, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for engine mounts
            • Checking activation for engine mounts
            • Checking wiring connection
          • Data exchange between Engine Control Module (ECM), ABS/EDL control module, Transmission Control Module (TCM) or instrument cluster, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking bus system
            • Automatic Test Sequence
            • Checking two-wire bus system
  • Ignition System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
    • Ignition System
      • Ignition system, checking
        • General notes on ignition system
        • Safety precautions
        • Technical data, ignition system
        • Ignition coils, checking
          • Notes
          • Test conditions
          • Checking Ground (GND) connection for ignition coil:
          • Checking voltage supply to ignition coil
        • Power output stages for ignition coils, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking Ground (GND) connection to output stage
          • Checking activation of output stages
        • Misfire recognition, checking
          • Test sequence
          • Evaluation display group 003
        • Control module voltage supply, checking
          • Test requirements
          • Evaluation Display Group 4
        • Engine speed (RPM) sensor -G28-, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking engine speed sensor
        • Knock sensor control limit, checking
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- and Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66-, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking knock sensors
          • Checking wiring between knock sensors and engine control module
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor -G40- and Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor 2 - G163-, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking activation of CMP sensor (camshaft position sensor)
          • Checking voltage supply for CMP sensor
          • Checking signal wire for CMP sensor
          • Checking Ground (GND) wire for CMP sensor:
          • Checking wiring between CMP sensor and engine control module
          • Checking phase position of CMP sensor
      • Camshaft adjustment control, checking
        • Camshaft adjustment control, function
          • Notes
          • Checking camshaft adjustment control
        • Valve -1- for camshaft adjustment -N205- and Valve -2- for camshaft adjustment - N208-, checking
          • Notes
          • Electrical test of solenoid valves for camshaft adjustment
          • Checking voltage supply to camshaft adjustment solenoid valves
          • Checking activation of camshaft adjustment solenoid valves
  • Mode 6 - 1997-03 A8, S8
    • Introduction
    • Mode 6
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.6L V6 Engine
          • All V6 Engines Except 3.6L
        • V8 Engine
        • V10 Engine
        • W12 Engine
  • System
    • Fuel Supply System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Fuel supply system servicing, important information
        • General repair instructions
        • Safety precautions when working on the fuel supply system
        • Rules for cleanliness
      • Fuel supply system
        • Notes
        • Position of cross brace
        • Position of double hose clamp
        • Fuel tank, draining
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Work sequence
        • Fuel tank with attachments, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fuel delivery module and fuel level senders, removing and installing
        • Fuel supply system, function
        • Fuel pump, electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Test requirements
          • Checking voltage supply
          • Checking current draw
        • Fuel pump delivery volume, checking
          • Notes
          • Requirements for test:
          • Test sequence
        • Fuel delivery module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Leak checking
        • Fuel level senders, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking resistance values of fuel level senders (two sensors)
        • Fuel level sensors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing sender for fuel gauge -G-(right)
            • Special tools and required equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Removing and installing Fuel Level Sensor 2 -G169- (left)
            • Notes
            • Special tools and required equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Fuel filler neck with expansion tank, component overview
          • Notes
          • Installation position of Ground (GND) connection
          • Bleed valve, removing and installing
          • Gravity valve, checking
        • Fuel filler neck with expansion tank, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fuel filter, replacing
      • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) system, servicing
        • EVAP canister, component overview
        • EVAP canister, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • EVAP system leak detection circuit diagram
        • EVAP system leak detection system, function
        • EVAP system, automatic leak testing
        • EVAP system, leak testing using VAS5051 or VAG1551
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Procedure
          • Checking fuel supply and tank ventilation system for leaks
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, overview
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, checking
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Initiate output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) as follows
          • Checking internal resistance
          • Checking voltage supply
            • Notes
            • Test requirement
          • Checking output wire
          • Checking input wire
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System Diagnosis using KLI9210 EVAP Tester
          • Description
          • Perform EVAP tester self-test
          • Calibrate KLI9210 Tester
          • Test fuel cap
          • Test LDP -V144- for internal leaks
          • Test EVAP System
      • Accelerator pedal linkage (vehicles with electronic throttle control), servicing
        • Notes
        • Accelerator pedal position sensor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Accelerator pedal position sensor, adjusting
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Work sequence
        • Kick-down switch, checking
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Test sequence
    • Ignition System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Ignition System
        • Ignition system, checking
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Safety precautions
          • Technical data, ignition system
          • Ignition coils, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection for ignition coil:
            • Checking voltage supply to ignition coil
          • Power output stages for ignition coils, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection to output stage
            • Checking activation of output stages
          • Misfire recognition, checking
            • Test sequence
            • Evaluation display group 003
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Test requirements
            • Evaluation Display Group 4
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor -G28-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking engine speed sensor
          • Knock sensor control limit, checking
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- and Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking knock sensors
            • Checking wiring between knock sensors and engine control module
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor -G40- and Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor 2 - G163-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking activation of CMP sensor (camshaft position sensor)
            • Checking voltage supply for CMP sensor
            • Checking signal wire for CMP sensor
            • Checking Ground (GND) wire for CMP sensor:
            • Checking wiring between CMP sensor and engine control module
            • Checking phase position of CMP sensor
        • Camshaft adjustment control, checking
          • Camshaft adjustment control, function
            • Notes
            • Checking camshaft adjustment control
          • Valve -1- for camshaft adjustment -N205- and Valve -2- for camshaft adjustment - N208-, checking
            • Notes
            • Electrical test of solenoid valves for camshaft adjustment
            • Checking voltage supply to camshaft adjustment solenoid valves
            • Checking activation of camshaft adjustment solenoid valves
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Motronic Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) system, servicing
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Technical data (A8 vehicles)
          • Technical data (S8 vehicles)
          • Component locations, overview
          • Wiring and component check with VAG1598/31 test box
            • Notes
            • Connecting VAG1598/31 test box
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- (without metal anti -theft housing), replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Installing engine control module
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- (with metal anti -theft housing), replacing
            • Notes
            • Remove Engine Control Module (ECM)
              • Removing
            • Procedure:
            • Installing Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking activation of the ECM power supply relay
          • Activating Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Idle speed, checking
            • Test conditions
            • Checking idle speed
            • If the idle speed is too high or too low, or if the engine does not idle smoothly, and there are no malfunctions stored in the DTC memory, perform the following tests (marked with dots):
            • Relevance of figures in 5-digit readout in Display Group 056
          • Fuel pressure regulator and residual fuel pressure, checking
            • Requirements
          • Fuel injection volume, fuel injector leakage and spray pattern of injectors, checking
            • Test conditions
            • Removing fuel rail
            • Checking fuel injectors for leaks
            • Checking fuel injection volume
          • Fuel injectors, checking
            • Electrical testing of fuel injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Fuel Pump (FP) relay -J17- and relay activation, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional test of fuel pump relay
            • Testing activation of fuel pump relay
            • Checking activation for fuel pump and components
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor -G70-, checking
            • Requirements
            • Checking function
              • Notes
              • Reading Display Group 002
            • Checking voltage supply to MAF sensor
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection
            • Checking wiring for MAF sensor
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor -G42-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G62-, checking
            • Notes
            • Testing wiring
        • Oxygen sensor control, checking
          • Oxygen sensor control, function
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Significance of 3 digit indication in Display Group 30
            • Checking oxygen sensor adaptation and oxygen sensor control
              • Notes
              • Evaluation display group 32
              • Evaluation display group 33
          • Oxygen sensors aging, oxygen sensor before catalytic converter, checking
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence for oxygen sensor 1 before catalytic converter bank 1
            • Continuation
            • Test sequence for oxygen sensor 1 before catalytic converter bank 2
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter, checking
            • Test equipment and shop tools
              • Notes
              • Component location of connectors for oxygen sensors 2 behind catalytic converter:
            • Test conditions
            • Significance of 3 digit indication in Display Group 30
            • Checking oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter
              • Notes
              • Evaluation display group 037 and 038
            • Continuation
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for oxygen sensor heater
          • Oxygen sensor signal wire and activation, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-
          • Checking wiring for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130 -
            • Notes
            • Checking wiring for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 -G108-
            • Checking wiring for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131 -
          • Oxygen sensors, removing and installing
            • Removing
        • Intake manifold change-over, checking (A8 vehicles)
          • Notes
          • Intake manifold change-over, checking function
          • Intake Manifold Change -Over Valve -N156- and Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve -2- -N261-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply to intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking activation of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Check wiring
          • Vacuum system, checking
            • Checking solenoid valves for obstructions and leaks
            • Checking vacuum system for leaks
        • Intake manifold change-over, checking (S8 vehicles)
          • Intake manifold change -over valve, checking function
          • Intake manifold change-over valve - N156-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking activation of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking wire connection
          • Vacuum system, checking
            • Checking solenoid valve for throughput and proper seal
            • Checking vacuum system for proper seal
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system, checking
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-, checking
            • Checking for leaks
            • Electrical testing of Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-
            • Checking power supply to solenoid valve
            • Testing activation of Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112-, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump relay -J299-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for secondary air pump relay
            • Check activation of secondary air injection pump relay
          • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC) warning light, checking
            • Electronic throttle system, function
          • Throttle valve control module -J338-, checking
          • Throttle valve control module, adaptation
            • Notes
            • Test conditions for adaptation of throttle valve control module
            • Throttle valve control module, adaptation notes
          • Angle sensor -1- for throttle drive (power accelerator actuation) -G187- and angle sensor -2- for throttle drive (power accelerator actuation) -G188-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply to throttle valve control module
            • Checking wiring for voltage, signal and activation
          • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC) warning light in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Checking function of warning light
          • Throttle Position (TP) sensor -G79- and sender -2- for accelerator pedal position -G185-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply of accelerator position sensors
            • Checking signal wiring and wiring connections between accelerator position sensors and engine control module
          • Brake light switch -F- and brake pedal switch -F47-, checking
            • Notes
            • Relevance of figures in 4-digit readout in display field 2
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Additional signals, checking
            • Engine speed (RPM) signal, checking
          • A/C compressor shut-off, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
        • Crash signal, checking
          • Notes
          • Engine mounts, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for engine mounts
            • Checking activation for engine mounts
            • Checking wiring connection
          • Data exchange between Engine Control Module (ECM), ABS/EDL control module, Transmission Control Module (TCM) or instrument cluster, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking bus system
            • Automatic Test Sequence
            • Checking two-wire bus system
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • On Board Diagnostics (OBD)
        • Motronic system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic, technical data
            • Equipment
          • Available functions
          • Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL), significance
            • Notes
            • Blinking MIL
            • Continuous MIL
            • Functional testing
          • Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS5051 or VAG1551, connecting and selecting functions
            • Requirements
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Automatic test sequence
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (engine codes AUX, AKB)
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
              • Notes
              • Actuating EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-
              • Actuating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112-
              • Actuating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-
              • Actuating Intake Manifold Change -Over Valve -N156-
              • Actuating camshaft adjustment valves -N205-, -N208-
              • Actuating Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-
              • Actuating Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve 2 -N261-
              • Checking left and right engine mount
              • Actuating fuel injectors
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (engine code AYS)
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
              • Notes
              • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve -N80- (tank ventilation valve), activating
              • Activating secondary Air Injection (AIR) solenoid valve -N112-
              • Activating secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump relay -J299-
              • Intake manifold change-over valve -N156-, activating
              • Activating camshaft adjustment valve, bank 2
              • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- (LDP for tank ventilation system), activating
              • Activating intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve 2 -N261-
              • Checking left and right engine mount
              • Activating camshaft adjustment valve, bank 1
              • Activating fuel injectors
          • Basic setting
          • Code control module (function 07) (engine codes AUX, AKB)
            • Notes
            • Coding variations of Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Code control module (function 07) (engine code AYS)
            • Notes
            • Coding variations of Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Test requirements
          • Readiness code
          • Readiness code, checking
            • Test sequence
          • Readiness code, generating
            • Required special tools and test equipment
            • Requirements
            • Work step 1: Check DTC memory
            • Work step 2: Erase DTC Memory
            • Work step 3: Diagnostic of EVAP canister purge regulator valve
              • Test requirements
            • Work step 4: Diagnostic of tank leak test
              • Test requirements
            • Work step 5: Diagnostic of fuel supply system
            • Work step 6: Diagnostic of Heated oxygen sensor
            • Work step 7: Diagnostic of oxygen sensor before catalytic converter
              • Test requirements
            • Work step 8: Diagnostic of operational readiness of oxygen sensors behind TWC
            • Work step 9: Diagnostic of oxygen sensor control system
            • Work step 10: Diagnostic of oxygen sensor aging behind catalytic converter
            • Work step 11: Diagnosis of catalytic converter
            • Work step 12: Diagnosis of Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system
            • Work step 13: Readiness code, displaying
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Fuel Supply System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Fuel supply system servicing, important information
        • General repair instructions
        • Safety precautions when working on the fuel supply system
        • Rules for cleanliness
      • Fuel supply system
        • Notes
        • Position of cross brace
        • Position of double hose clamp
        • Fuel tank, draining
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Work sequence
        • Fuel tank with attachments, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fuel delivery module and fuel level senders, removing and installing
        • Fuel supply system, function
        • Fuel pump, electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Test requirements
          • Checking voltage supply
          • Checking current draw
        • Fuel pump delivery volume, checking
          • Notes
          • Requirements for test:
          • Test sequence
        • Fuel delivery module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Leak checking
        • Fuel level senders, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking resistance values of fuel level senders (two sensors)
        • Fuel level sensors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing sender for fuel gauge -G-(right)
            • Special tools and required equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Removing and installing Fuel Level Sensor 2 -G169- (left)
            • Notes
            • Special tools and required equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Fuel filler neck with expansion tank, component overview
          • Notes
          • Installation position of Ground (GND) connection
          • Bleed valve, removing and installing
          • Gravity valve, checking
        • Fuel filler neck with expansion tank, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Fuel filter, replacing
      • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) system, servicing
        • EVAP canister, component overview
        • EVAP canister, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • EVAP system leak detection circuit diagram
        • EVAP system leak detection system, function
        • EVAP system, automatic leak testing
        • EVAP system, leak testing using VAS5051 or VAG1551
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Procedure
          • Checking fuel supply and tank ventilation system for leaks
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, overview
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, checking
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Initiate output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) as follows
          • Checking internal resistance
          • Checking voltage supply
            • Notes
            • Test requirement
          • Checking output wire
          • Checking input wire
        • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System Diagnosis using KLI9210 EVAP Tester
          • Description
          • Perform EVAP tester self-test
          • Calibrate KLI9210 Tester
          • Test fuel cap
          • Test LDP -V144- for internal leaks
          • Test EVAP System
      • Accelerator pedal linkage (vehicles with electronic throttle control), servicing
        • Notes
        • Accelerator pedal position sensor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Accelerator pedal position sensor, adjusting
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Work sequence
        • Kick-down switch, checking
          • Special tools and required equipment
          • Test sequence
    • Ignition System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Ignition System
        • Ignition system, checking
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Safety precautions
          • Technical data, ignition system
          • Ignition coils, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection for ignition coil:
            • Checking voltage supply to ignition coil
          • Power output stages for ignition coils, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection to output stage
            • Checking activation of output stages
          • Misfire recognition, checking
            • Test sequence
            • Evaluation display group 003
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Test requirements
            • Evaluation Display Group 4
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor -G28-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking engine speed sensor
          • Knock sensor control limit, checking
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- and Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking knock sensors
            • Checking wiring between knock sensors and engine control module
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor -G40- and Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor 2 - G163-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking activation of CMP sensor (camshaft position sensor)
            • Checking voltage supply for CMP sensor
            • Checking signal wire for CMP sensor
            • Checking Ground (GND) wire for CMP sensor:
            • Checking wiring between CMP sensor and engine control module
            • Checking phase position of CMP sensor
        • Camshaft adjustment control, checking
          • Camshaft adjustment control, function
            • Notes
            • Checking camshaft adjustment control
          • Valve -1- for camshaft adjustment -N205- and Valve -2- for camshaft adjustment - N208-, checking
            • Notes
            • Electrical test of solenoid valves for camshaft adjustment
            • Checking voltage supply to camshaft adjustment solenoid valves
            • Checking activation of camshaft adjustment solenoid valves
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Motronic Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) system, servicing
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Technical data (A8 vehicles)
          • Technical data (S8 vehicles)
          • Component locations, overview
          • Wiring and component check with VAG1598/31 test box
            • Notes
            • Connecting VAG1598/31 test box
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- (without metal anti -theft housing), replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Installing engine control module
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J220- (with metal anti -theft housing), replacing
            • Notes
            • Remove Engine Control Module (ECM)
              • Removing
            • Procedure:
            • Installing Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking activation of the ECM power supply relay
          • Activating Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Idle speed, checking
            • Test conditions
            • Checking idle speed
            • If the idle speed is too high or too low, or if the engine does not idle smoothly, and there are no malfunctions stored in the DTC memory, perform the following tests (marked with dots):
            • Relevance of figures in 5-digit readout in Display Group 056
          • Fuel pressure regulator and residual fuel pressure, checking
            • Requirements
          • Fuel injection volume, fuel injector leakage and spray pattern of injectors, checking
            • Test conditions
            • Removing fuel rail
            • Checking fuel injectors for leaks
            • Checking fuel injection volume
          • Fuel injectors, checking
            • Electrical testing of fuel injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Fuel Pump (FP) relay -J17- and relay activation, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional test of fuel pump relay
            • Testing activation of fuel pump relay
            • Checking activation for fuel pump and components
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor -G70-, checking
            • Requirements
            • Checking function
              • Notes
              • Reading Display Group 002
            • Checking voltage supply to MAF sensor
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection
            • Checking wiring for MAF sensor
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor -G42-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G62-, checking
            • Notes
            • Testing wiring
        • Oxygen sensor control, checking
          • Oxygen sensor control, function
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Significance of 3 digit indication in Display Group 30
            • Checking oxygen sensor adaptation and oxygen sensor control
              • Notes
              • Evaluation display group 32
              • Evaluation display group 33
          • Oxygen sensors aging, oxygen sensor before catalytic converter, checking
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence for oxygen sensor 1 before catalytic converter bank 1
            • Continuation
            • Test sequence for oxygen sensor 1 before catalytic converter bank 2
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter, checking
            • Test equipment and shop tools
              • Notes
              • Component location of connectors for oxygen sensors 2 behind catalytic converter:
            • Test conditions
            • Significance of 3 digit indication in Display Group 30
            • Checking oxygen sensor control behind catalytic converter
              • Notes
              • Evaluation display group 037 and 038
            • Continuation
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for oxygen sensor heater
          • Oxygen sensor signal wire and activation, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-
          • Checking wiring for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130 -
            • Notes
            • Checking wiring for Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 -G108-
            • Checking wiring for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131 -
          • Oxygen sensors, removing and installing
            • Removing
        • Intake manifold change-over, checking (A8 vehicles)
          • Notes
          • Intake manifold change-over, checking function
          • Intake Manifold Change -Over Valve -N156- and Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve -2- -N261-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply to intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking activation of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Check wiring
          • Vacuum system, checking
            • Checking solenoid valves for obstructions and leaks
            • Checking vacuum system for leaks
        • Intake manifold change-over, checking (S8 vehicles)
          • Intake manifold change -over valve, checking function
          • Intake manifold change-over valve - N156-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking activation of intake manifold change-over valve
            • Checking wire connection
          • Vacuum system, checking
            • Checking solenoid valve for throughput and proper seal
            • Checking vacuum system for proper seal
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system, checking
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-, checking
            • Checking for leaks
            • Electrical testing of Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-
            • Checking power supply to solenoid valve
            • Testing activation of Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112-, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump relay -J299-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for secondary air pump relay
            • Check activation of secondary air injection pump relay
          • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC) warning light, checking
            • Electronic throttle system, function
          • Throttle valve control module -J338-, checking
          • Throttle valve control module, adaptation
            • Notes
            • Test conditions for adaptation of throttle valve control module
            • Throttle valve control module, adaptation notes
          • Angle sensor -1- for throttle drive (power accelerator actuation) -G187- and angle sensor -2- for throttle drive (power accelerator actuation) -G188-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply to throttle valve control module
            • Checking wiring for voltage, signal and activation
          • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC) warning light in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Checking function of warning light
          • Throttle Position (TP) sensor -G79- and sender -2- for accelerator pedal position -G185-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply of accelerator position sensors
            • Checking signal wiring and wiring connections between accelerator position sensors and engine control module
          • Brake light switch -F- and brake pedal switch -F47-, checking
            • Notes
            • Relevance of figures in 4-digit readout in display field 2
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Additional signals, checking
            • Engine speed (RPM) signal, checking
          • A/C compressor shut-off, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
        • Crash signal, checking
          • Notes
          • Engine mounts, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking voltage supply for engine mounts
            • Checking activation for engine mounts
            • Checking wiring connection
          • Data exchange between Engine Control Module (ECM), ABS/EDL control module, Transmission Control Module (TCM) or instrument cluster, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking bus system
            • Automatic Test Sequence
            • Checking two-wire bus system
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • On Board Diagnostics (OBD)
        • Motronic system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic, technical data
            • Equipment
          • Available functions
          • Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL), significance
            • Notes
            • Blinking MIL
            • Continuous MIL
            • Functional testing
          • Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system VAS5051 or VAG1551, connecting and selecting functions
            • Requirements
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Automatic test sequence
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (engine codes AUX, AKB)
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
              • Notes
              • Actuating EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-
              • Actuating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112-
              • Actuating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-
              • Actuating Intake Manifold Change -Over Valve -N156-
              • Actuating camshaft adjustment valves -N205-, -N208-
              • Actuating Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-
              • Actuating Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve 2 -N261-
              • Checking left and right engine mount
              • Actuating fuel injectors
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03) (engine code AYS)
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
              • Notes
              • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve -N80- (tank ventilation valve), activating
              • Activating secondary Air Injection (AIR) solenoid valve -N112-
              • Activating secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump relay -J299-
              • Intake manifold change-over valve -N156-, activating
              • Activating camshaft adjustment valve, bank 2
              • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- (LDP for tank ventilation system), activating
              • Activating intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve 2 -N261-
              • Checking left and right engine mount
              • Activating camshaft adjustment valve, bank 1
              • Activating fuel injectors
          • Basic setting
          • Code control module (function 07) (engine codes AUX, AKB)
            • Notes
            • Coding variations of Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Code control module (function 07) (engine code AYS)
            • Notes
            • Coding variations of Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Test requirements
          • Readiness code
          • Readiness code, checking
            • Test sequence
          • Readiness code, generating
            • Required special tools and test equipment
            • Requirements
            • Work step 1: Check DTC memory
            • Work step 2: Erase DTC Memory
            • Work step 3: Diagnostic of EVAP canister purge regulator valve
              • Test requirements
            • Work step 4: Diagnostic of tank leak test
              • Test requirements
            • Work step 5: Diagnostic of fuel supply system
            • Work step 6: Diagnostic of Heated oxygen sensor
            • Work step 7: Diagnostic of oxygen sensor before catalytic converter
              • Test requirements
            • Work step 8: Diagnostic of operational readiness of oxygen sensors behind TWC
            • Work step 9: Diagnostic of oxygen sensor control system
            • Work step 10: Diagnostic of oxygen sensor aging behind catalytic converter
            • Work step 11: Diagnosis of catalytic converter
            • Work step 12: Diagnosis of Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system
            • Work step 13: Readiness code, displaying
  • Tune-Up
    • Ignition System - 4.2L V8 (AKB, Aux, AYS)
      • Ignition System
        • Ignition system, checking
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Safety precautions
          • Technical data, ignition system
          • Ignition coils, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection for ignition coil:
            • Checking voltage supply to ignition coil
          • Power output stages for ignition coils, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking Ground (GND) connection to output stage
            • Checking activation of output stages
          • Misfire recognition, checking
            • Test sequence
            • Evaluation display group 003
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Test requirements
            • Evaluation Display Group 4
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor -G28-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking engine speed sensor
          • Knock sensor control limit, checking
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- and Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking knock sensors
            • Checking wiring between knock sensors and engine control module
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor -G40- and Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor 2 - G163-, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking activation of CMP sensor (camshaft position sensor)
            • Checking voltage supply for CMP sensor
            • Checking signal wire for CMP sensor
            • Checking Ground (GND) wire for CMP sensor:
            • Checking wiring between CMP sensor and engine control module
            • Checking phase position of CMP sensor
        • Camshaft adjustment control, checking
          • Camshaft adjustment control, function
            • Notes
            • Checking camshaft adjustment control
          • Valve -1- for camshaft adjustment -N205- and Valve -2- for camshaft adjustment - N208-, checking
            • Notes
            • Electrical test of solenoid valves for camshaft adjustment
            • Checking voltage supply to camshaft adjustment solenoid valves
            • Checking activation of camshaft adjustment solenoid valves
  • Vacuum Diagrams
    • Introduction
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles
    • Readiness Code Generating
      • General Description
      • General Recommendations
      • Operating Conditions
      • Requirements
      • Drive Cycle Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index - 4.2L (AKB, Aux & AYS Engines)
    • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) Index
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • Euro English-To-U.S. Translations
      • Introduction
    • Transmission Application - A/T
      • Transmission
        • 1983
        • 1984
        • 1985
        • 1986
        • 1987
        • 1988
        • 1989
        • 1990
        • 1991
        • 1992
        • 1993
        • 1994
        • 1995
        • 1996
        • 1997
        • 1998
        • 1999
        • 2000
        • 2001
        • 2002
        • 2003
      • Oil Pan Gasket
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • How To Use The Engine Performance Section
      • * Please Read This First *
      • How To Use The Engine Performance Section
      • Application
        • Notes
        • Introduction/Engine/VIN Id
      • Emission Applications
        • Notes
        • Emission Application Tables
      • Specifications
        • Notes
        • Service & Adjustment Specifications
      • Adjustment
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Adjustments
      • Theory & Operation
      • Testing & Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Basic Diagnostic Procedures/Basic Testing
        • Self-Diagnostics/Tests W/Codes
        • Trouble Shooting - No Codes/Tests W/O Codes
        • System & Component Testing
      • Pin Voltage Charts
      • Sensor Range Charts
        • Notes
        • Sensor Operating Range Charts
      • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Removal, Overhaul & Installation
      • Wiring Diagrams - Engine Performance
        • Notes
        • 2002 & Earlier
        • 2003 & Later
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (EGR)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure (EGR)
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Oxygen Sensor)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Notes
        • Service Interval Display Reset
        • Oil Quality Adapting
        • Maximum Values Adapting
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
  • Restraints
    • Air Bag Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • ACURA
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling Air Bag System (MDX)
          • Activating Air Bag System (MDX)
          • Disabling Air Bag System (RSX)
          • Activating Air Bag System (RSX)
          • Disabling Air Bag System (3.2CL & 3.5RL)
          • Activating Air Bag System (3.2CL & 3.5RL)
          • Disabling Air Bag System (3.2TL)
          • Activating Air Bag System (3.2TL)
      • AUDI
        • System Operation Check
          • Allroad, A4, A6, A8, S4, S8 & TT
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Allroad, A4, A6, A8, S4, S8 & TT
      • BMW
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
      • HONDA
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling Air Bag System (Accord)
          • Activating Air Bag System (Accord)
          • Disabling Air Bag System (Civic)
          • Activating Air Bag System (Civic)
          • Disabling Air Bag System (CR-V, Insight, Odyssey & S2000)
          • Activating Air Bag System (CR-V, Insight, Odyssey & S2000)
          • Disabling Air Bag System (Element)
          • Activating Air Bag System (Element)
          • Disabling Air Bag System (Pilot)
          • Activating Air Bag System (Pilot)
      • HYUNDAI
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
      • INFINITI
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling Air Bag System
          • Activating Air Bag System
      • ISUZU
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Disabling System (Axiom, Rodeo & Rodeo Sport)
          • Activating System (Axiom, Rodeo & Rodeo Sport)
          • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR) Disabling & Enabling Zones (Ascender)
          • Disabling System (Ascender)
          • Activating System (Ascender)
      • Jaguar
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • XJR & XJ8
          • XK Series
          • J-Type
          • X-Type
      • KIA
        • System Operation Check
          • Optima, Magentis (Canadian), Sedona & Sorento
          • Rio & Spectra
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Optima, Magentis (Canadian), Sedona & Sorento
          • Rio & Spectra
      • Land Rover
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling Air Bag System
          • Activating Air Bag System
      • LEXUS
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling Air Bag System
          • Activating Air Bag System
      • MAZDA
        • System Operation Check
          • B Series Pickup & Tribute
          • Mazda6, Millenia, MPV, MX-5 Miata & Protege
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (B Series Pickup)
          • Activating System (B Series Pickup)
          • Disabling Air Bag System (Mazda6, Millenia, MPV, MX-5 Miata, Protege & Protege5)
          • Activating Air Bag System (Mazda6, Millenia, MPV, MX-5 Miata, Protege & Protege5)
          • Disabling System (Tribute)
          • Activating Air Bag System (Tribute)
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Disabling Air Bag System
          • Activating Air Bag System
      • MITSUBISHI
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
      • NISSAN
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
      • PORSCHE
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
      • SAAB
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
      • SUBARU
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
      • SUZUKI
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling Air Bag System (Aerio)
          • Activating Air Bag System (Aerio)
          • Disabling Air Bag System (Grand Vitara, Vitara & XL-7)
          • Activating Air Bag System (Grand Vitara, Vitara & XL-7)
      • TOYOTA
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling Air Bag System
          • Activating Air Bag System
      • VOLKSWAGEN
        • System Operation Check
          • Cabrio, EuroVan, Golf, GTI, Jetta, New Beetle & Passat
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Cabrio, EuroVan, Golf, GTI, Jetta, New Beetle & Passat
      • VOLVO
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • S40 & V40
          • S60, V70, XC70, XC90 & S80 - Built After Chassis Number 29668
          • S60, V70, XC70, XC90 & S80 - Built Before Chassis Number 29668
    • Air Bag/SRS Component Inspection & Replacement Tables - EUROPEAN
      • ALFA Romeo (1991-95)
      • AUDI (1989-04)
      • BMW (1986-04)
      • Jaguar (1990-04)
      • Land Rover (1995-04)
      • MERCEDES-BENZ (1986-04)
      • Mini (2002-04)
      • PORSCHE (1987-04)
      • SAAB (1989-04)
      • VOLKSWAGEN (1990-04)
      • VOLVO (1987-04)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (1997-2003)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Air Conditioning
      • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), safety measures
      • A/C refrigerant system, general repair guidelines
        • Notes
        • A/C refrigerant R-134a, properties
          • Commercial designation
          • Color
          • Airborne properties
          • Solubility of refrigerant oil
          • Effects on the environment
          • Toxicity
          • Temperature/pressure relationship
          • Effects on plastics
          • Effects on metal
          • Critical temperature/critical pressure
          • Water solubility
          • Flammability
          • Refrigerant containers
          • Leak detection
        • A/C refrigerant oil (PAG), properties
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), identification
          • Refrigerant system with restrictor and accumulator
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), component overview
          • A/C compressor
          • A/C condenser
          • Evaporator
          • Accumulator
          • Restrictor
          • O-rings
          • Hoses and lines
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), valves and switches
          • Notes
          • Pressure relief valve
          • A/C refrigerant low pressure switch -F73-
            • Function
          • A/C refrigerant high pressure switches -F23- and -F118-
            • Notes
            • Function of -F23-
            • Function of -F118-
          • Valve connections for pressure switches
          • Connections for quick coupling adapter on refrigerant circuit
          • High pressure service connection with Schrader valve
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), pressure & temperature relationships
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant circuit with restrictor and accumulator
      • Contact corrosion!
      • A/C system refrigerant system, servicing
        • Notes
        • A/C refrigerant high pressure switches -F23- and -F118-
          • Function
            • Switch -F23-
            • Switch -F118-
            • Removing and installing
        • A/C refrigerant low pressure switch -F73-
          • Function
          • Removing and installing
        • A/C pressure switch -F129-, functions
          • Notes
          • Switching pressures (in bar)
          • Removing and installing
          • Testing
        • O-rings for refrigerant system
        • A/C compressor from mounting bracket, removing and installing
        • A/C clutch, servicing
          • Nippondenso compressor
            • Notes
            • Removing and installing clutch plate bolt
            • Pulling off clutch disc
            • Installing magnetic coil
            • Checking and adjusting gap
      • Automatic Climate Control components in engine compartment, servicing
        • Notes
        • Sensor for air quality -G238-, function
        • Sensor for air quality -G238-, checking
          • Test requirements
          • Preparation
          • Checking
        • Sensor for air quality -G238-, removing and installing
        • Air flow flap motor -V71-, removing and installing
        • Fresh air intake duct temperature sensor -G89-, removing and installing
        • Cover with air flow flap, removing
        • Fresh air blower -V2-, removing and installing
        • Recirculation flap motor -V113-, removing and installing
        • Control module for fresh air blower -J126-, removing and installing
        • Pump valve unit, removing and installing
        • Pump valve unit, replacing
        • Dust and pollen filters, removing and installing
        • Reinforcing plate (plenum), removing and installing
      • Automatic Climate Control components in passenger compartment, servicing
        • Notes
        • A/C control head -E87-, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Changes to model year 2000 vehicles:
          • For A/C control head with part numbers beginning with Index "M"
        • A/C control head -E87-, replacing bulbs
        • Condensation drain hose with valve (driver/passenger side), checking, removing and installing
          • Checking
          • Removing and installing
        • Heater cores, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Passenger-side heater core, removing and installing
          • Version "1" heater core, removing
          • Version "2" heater core, removing
          • Version "1" heater core, installing
            • Overview
            • Notes
            • Cleaning:
          • Version "2" heater core, installing
            • Overview
            • Notes
            • Cleaning:
          • Driver-side heater core, removing and installing
        • Flap and vent motors, servicing
        • Left center vent motor -V110- and right center vent motor -V111-, removing and installing
        • Center vent adjusting motor -V102-, removing and installing
        • Defroster flap motor -V107-, removing and installing
        • Left footwell flap motor -V108- and rear footwell vent motor -V112-, removing and installing
        • Temperature regulator flap motor -V68- and right footwell flap motor -V109-, removing and installing
        • Instrument panel interior temperature sensor -G56-, removing and installing
        • Center air outlet in instrument panel, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Making special tool
        • Lower air outlet in right (left) of instrument panel, removing and installing
        • Upper air outlet in right (left) of instrument panel, removing and installing
        • Side window air outlet in right (left) of instrument panel, removing and installing
        • Sunlight photo sensor -G107-, removing and installing
        • Left vent temperature sensor -G150- and right vent temperature sensor -G151-, removing and installing
        • Interior temperature sensor fan -V42-, removing and installing
        • Center air outlet for rear, removing and installing
        • Climate Control Components in passenger compartment, updates from m.y. 2000
      • Air distribution, schematic diagram
      • A/C refrigerant system, testing
        • A/C refrigerant system cooling performance, testing
          • Test requirements
          • Preparatory work
          • Testing
        • Determining malfunction if test results differ from specifications
        • Automatic Climate Control System heating performance and operation of pump valve unit, testing
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Preparatory work
          • Testing
      • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), components
        • Notes
        • Accumulator, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Changes to model year 2000 vehicles:
        • A/C condenser, removing and installing
        • Restrictor, removing and installing
        • A/C refrigerant lines from Nippondenso compressor, removing and installing
        • A/C compressor, removing and installing
        • A/C evaporator, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Remedy:
          • Removing version "1" evaporator
          • Removing version "2" evaporator
          • Installing
          • Installing version "2" evaporator
      • Air conditioner housing, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Air conditioner housing, disassembling and assembling
        • Screen, fresh air blower, evaporator and covers in plenum, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Disassembling And Assembling Cover With Recirculating Air Flap
          • Disassembling And Assembling Intake Shaft
        • Air conditioner housing (lower) and air distribution housing, disassembling and assembling
        • Air distribution housing, disassembling and assembling
      • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), checking & testing
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), leak testing
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), testing with pressure gauges
          • Notes
          • Measuring pressure and temperature in a "switched-on" refrigerant system
          • Measuring pressure and temperature in a closed container or "switched-off" refrigerant system
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), checking pressures
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Preparation work
          • Checking
          • If A/C refrigerant system base pressure is less than specified on chart, system is low on refrigerant
          • If A/C refrigerant system pressure corresponds to or is higher than base pressure specified on chart
          • Pressure in refrigerant circuit corresponds to chart or is higher
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), capacities
          • Refrigerant R-134a
          • Refrigerant (PAG) oil
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), discharging
          • Notes
          • Discharging
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), evacuating & recharging
          • Notes
          • Evacuating & recharging
        • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), flushing with compressed air and nitrogen
      • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), troubleshooting
        • Test requirements
        • A/C does not cool (cooling has stopped completely)
        • Insufficient cooling during all driving or engine speed (RPM)
        • A/C compressor noisy
        • A/C compressor noisy immediately after switching A/C ON and/or when driving around corners or braking "refrigerant shock" -refrigerant system Overcharged
        • With an otherwise properly operating A/C system, water sprays out of instrument panel vents
      • A/C refrigerant system (R-134a), replacing components
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - HVAC, Can & Defrosters
      • Automatic Climate Control System, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General information
        • Technical data
        • System changes from m.y. 1998
        • System changes from m.y. 2000 (with revised driver's information display)
        • VAG 1551 ((VAG 1552) Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
          • Requirements
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, checking (function 02)
          • Notes
          • If a DTC was recognized
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Notes
          • Changes to model year 2000 and up vehicles
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Notes
          • Initiating output DTM
          • Changes to model year 2000 and up vehicles:
            • Notes
            • Activated actuators
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) Idle speed control test, initiating
        • Basic Setting (function 04)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Memory, erasing (function 05)
          • Requirements
        • End Output (function 06)
        • Code Control Module (function 07)
          • Notes
          • Coding variants:
            • Notes
            • Example for A/C control head -E87- up to index "H":
            • Example for A/C control head -E87- from index "J":
            • Coding A/C control head -E87- (up to index "H")
            • Coding A/C control head -E87-, beginning at index "J"
            • Coding A/C control head -E87-, model year 2000 and up
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
          • Notes
          • Read Measuring Value Block, initiating
          • Overview of display group numbers which can be selected
          • Display group 001 - A/C compressor cut-off conditions, voltage for A/C clutch -N25-, voltage to terminal 15 and requirement for recirculating air mode/sensor for air quality -G238-
          • Display group 002-Defroster flap motor -V107-
          • Display group 003-Left center vent motor -V110-
          • Display group 004-Right center vent motor -V111-
          • Display group 005-Center vent adjusting motor -V102-
          • Display group 006-Temperature regulator flap motor -V68-
          • Display group 007-Left footwell flap motor -V108-
          • Display group 008-Right footwell flap motor -V109-
          • Display group 009-Rear footwell vent motor -V112-
          • Display group 010-Air flow flap motor -V71-
          • Display group 011-Recirculation flap motor -V113-
          • Display group 012-ACF flap motor -V114-
          • Display group 013-Left center air vent switch -F183- and right center vent switch -F184-, center vent position sensor -G142- and calculated ambient temperature for outside air temperature display -G106-
          • Display group 014-Outside air temperature sensor -G17- and fresh air intake duct temperature sensor -G89-, left vent temperature sensor -G150- and right vent temperature sensor -G151-
          • Display group 015-Instrument panel interior temperature sensor -G56-, calculated coolant temperature and sunlight photo sensor -G107-
          • Display group 016-Voltage and fresh air blower -V2-, parking light and voltage at terminal 58D)
          • Display group 017-Engine speed, compressor speed and vehicle speed
          • Display group 018-Kick-down switch, coolant temperature switch, A/C compressor cut-in and A/C refrigerant high pressure switch -F118-
          • Display group 019-Coolant pump -V50-, left heat regulating valve -N175- and right heat regulating valve -N176-
          • Changes to model year 2000 and up vehicles, Overview of display group numbers which can be selected
          • Display group 001: Instantaneous occurring compressor shut off conditions, voltage for A/C clutch, -N25-, Voltage to terminal "15" and requirement recirculation mode/sensor for air quality -G238-
          • Display group 012: For control head having part numbers up to Index "K"
          • Display group 012: Information on Can-Bus for control head having part numbers beginning with the index letter "M"
          • Display group 013: Switch for jet center left -F183- and right -F184-, center vent position sensor -G142- and calculated outside temperature for outside air temperature display -G106-
          • Display group 014: Outside air temperature sensor -G17-, Outside temperature from instrument cluster, fresh air intake duct temperature sensor -G89-, left vent temperature sensor -G150-, and right -G151-
          • Display group 15: Instrument cluster interior temperature sensor -G56-, calculated or determined by coolant temperature transferred into instrument cluster and sunlight photo sensor -G107-
          • Display group 016: Voltage to fresh air blower -V2-, voltage to terminal 58d, terminal 58s and parking light 58
          • Display group 017: engine RPM, compressor RPM, vehicle speed and auxiliary heater
          • Display group 018: Kick-down-switch activating rear window defroster, temperature switch for coolant, A/C compressor engagement and high pressure switch -F118-
          • Display group 019: Left heat regulating valve -N175- and right -N176-; pump for coolant recirculation -V50- and activation of windshield defroster
          • Display group 020: the last four compressor shutoff conditions
          • Display group 021: Idle RPM increase, activating fan for coolant and activating washer system
          • Display group 022: Allocation ignition key and signal for "time ignition off"
      • Automatic Climate Control System, electrical tests
        • Tools required
        • Connecting VAG1598/19 test box to connector of A/C control head -E87-
        • Test step 1 - Temperature sensors
          • Notes
          • Resistance levels of temperature sensors dependent on ambient temperature in k ohm (kilo-ohms)
        • Test step 2 - Center vent position sensor -G142-
        • Test step 3 - Fresh air blower -V2- and control module for fresh air blower -J126-
        • Test step 4 - Coolant pump -V50- and related valves
        • Test step 5 - Motors in engine compartment
        • Test step 6 - Motors in passenger compartment
        • Test step 7 - Sensor for compressor speed, low pressure and high pressure switches
        • Test step 8 - Relay for A/C clutch, actuation of fan
        • Test step 9 - Signal for washer/wiper system
        • Electrical test changes for model year 2000 and up vehicles
        • Test step 1 (Voltage supply, Ground, illumination, temperature sensor/sender):
        • Test step 8 (A/C clutch relay -J44-, activating coolant fan -V7-):
        • Test step 9 (Signal for washer-wiper system, connection to windshield defroster control module -J505-):
      • Can-Bus
        • Can-Bus, function
          • Bus:
          • Can:
          • Example:
        • Can-Bus malfunction "Faulty databus drive," checking
          • Notes
          • Malfunction is indicated only by A/C control head -E87-
          • In another control module a malfunction is indicated:
          • Can-Bus notes:
          • Malfunction is indicated only by A/C control head -E87-.
      • Rear window defroster, electrical test
        • Required measuring and test items
        • Test requirements
      • Windshield defroster
        • Windshield defroster, function
        • Windshield defroster, disconnecting
      • Solar sunroof, checking
        • Notes
        • Checking function of solar sunroof
      • Data Link Connector (DLC), checking wiring connections
        • Notes
        • Tools required
        • Terminal assignment at Data Link Connector (DLC)
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance
      • Contact corrosion!
        • Notes
        • use only Genuine Parts!
      • Description of operations
        • Windshield washer system, servicing
          • Notes
          • Filling windshield washer/headlight cleaner reservoir
        • Headlight cleaning system nozzles
        • Windshield wiper blade park position, checking and adjusting
        • Wiper blade contact angle, adjusting
          • Reasons for windshield wipers to skip:
          • Special tools:
          • Checking wiper blade contact angle
          • Contact angle specifications
          • Adjusting windshield wiper arms
        • Electrical components, checking operation
        • Clock, setting
        • Radio anti-theft coding, activating
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking using VAG1551 Scan Tool
          • Connecting VAG1551 Scan Tool
          • Checking DTC memory
        • Service Reminder Indicator (SRI), adapting displays
          • Notes
          • Connecting VAG1551 Scan Tool, adapting SRI displays
          • Adapting SRI Oil service display, channel 05
          • Adapting SRI Inspection 1 display, channel 06 (distance)
          • Adapting SRI Inspection 1 display, channel 07 (time)
          • Adapting SRI Inspection 2 display, channel 08 (time)
        • Instrument cluster display, adapting language version
        • Headlight aim, adjusting
          • Requirements
          • Adjusting headlight aim
        • Headlights, aiming using Hella Universal Beamsetter IV
          • Service
          • Setting low beam alignment of driver's side headlight
          • Checking driver's side headlight high beam alignment
          • Aligning fog lamp
          • Passenger's side headlight, alignment
        • Sunroof, cleaning and lubricating runners
        • Door locks, lock buttons, child safety locks, checking operation
          • Door locks and lock buttons
          • Child safety locks (rear doors)
        • Interior monitoring system, checking
        • Door check straps, lubricating
        • Battery electrolyte level, checking
        • Battery no-load voltage, testing
          • Requirements
          • Testing
        • Engine and engine compartment, visual inspection
        • Cooling system, checking and correcting antifreeze protection and coolant level
          • Notes
          • Anti-freeze protection correction
          • Mixing ratios
        • Coolant, replacing
          • Notes
          • Draining coolant
          • Filling system with coolant
        • Dust and pollen filters, replacing
        • Spark plugs, replacing
        • Hydraulic fluid level, checking
        • Noise insulation panel, removing and installing
        • Engine oil, draining, replacing oil filter
        • Brake system, visual inspection
        • Brake pad thickness, checking
          • Notes
          • Front brake pads
          • Rear brake pads
        • Underbody sealant, visual inspection
        • Tie rod ends, checking
        • Automatic transmission 01V/01L final drive fluid level, checking
          • Notes
          • Fluid specification
        • Tire condition and wear pattern (including spare), checking
          • Notes
          • Pre-Delivery Inspection
          • Inspection service
        • Tire tread depth (including spare), checking
        • Tire pressures (including spare), checking
        • Wheel bolts, specified torque
        • Engine oil, filling
          • Oil Capacities up to 2000
          • Oil Capacities 2001 and up
          • Specifications
        • Engine oil level, checking
          • Notes
          • Marking ranges on dipstick
        • Brake fluid level, checking
          • Pre-Delivery Inspection (PDI)
          • Inspection service
        • Brake fluid, changing
          • Special tools and equipment required
          • Procedure
          • Note the following:
          • Vehicles with manual transmission:
          • Continued for all vehicles:
        • Transportation safety blocks, removing
        • Road test
          • Notes
          • Engine
          • Automatic transmission
          • Foot brake, parking brake
          • Sunroof
          • Cruise control system
          • Radio
          • On-board computer, auto-check system
          • Steering wheel
          • Handling
          • Imbalance
          • Noises
          • Wheel bearings
        • RAPGARD(R), inspection, removal and disposal
          • From my 2002
            • Service
            • Inspection
            • Removal
            • RAPGARD(R), paint inspection after removal
            • Important!:
            • Adhesive residue removal
            • Important!
            • RAPGARD(R) Disposal
        • Transportation wiper blades, removing at vehicle delivery
          • From my 2002
            • Service
            • Transportation wiper blades, removing
      • Type plate, vehicle identification number (VIN)
        • Notes
        • Vehicle identification number key
        • Engine code and engine number
      • Vehicle, lifting
        • Notes
        • Vehicle lift
        • Workshop trolley jack
        • Positioning points for vehicle lift and workshop trolley jack
      • Towing
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (EGR)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure (EGR)
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Oxygen Sensor)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
          • Notes
          • Service Interval Display Reset
          • Oil Quality Adapting
          • Maximum Values Adapting
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Air Bag Restraint Systems
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Servicing
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Centering Spiral Spring
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • Deployed Air Bag Or PRETENSIONER
        • UNDEPLOYED Air Bag Or PRETENSIONER-Faulty Unit
        • Scrapped Vehicle
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Control Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Driver-Side Air Bag Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Front Seat Occupied Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Passenger-Side Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Seat Belt PRETENSIONERS
          • Removal & Installation (Front)
          • Removal & Installation (Side-rear)
          • Removal & Installation (Center-rear)
        • Side Air Bag Crash Sensors (Center-Rear)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Head Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Air Bag Modules (Front)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Air Bag Modules (Rear)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Spiral Spring
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Coding Air Bag Control Module
        • Checking & Erasing DTC Memory
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • Code 00532: Supply Voltage Signal Too Low
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00588: Driver-Side Air Bag IGNITOR Resistance High/Low
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00589: Passenger-Side Air Bag IGNITOR No. 1 Resistance High/Low
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00591: Left Side Seat Belt Switch Short To Voltage/Ground, Resistance High
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00592: Right Side Seat Belt Switch Short To Voltage/Ground, Resistance High
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00594: Air Bag Ignition Circuit Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00595: Impact Data Stored
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00654: Left Side Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00655: Right Side Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00656: Passenger Seat Occupant Sensor Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground, Incorrectly Connected
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01025: MULTIFUNCTION Indicator Light Faulty
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01044: Air Bag Control Module Incorrectly Coded
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01211: Left Rear Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Resistance High/Low, Short/Open To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01212: Right Rear Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Resistance High/Low, Short/Open To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01215: Left Rear Seat Occupant Sensor Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground, Incorrectly Connected
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01216: Right Rear Seat Occupant Sensor Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground, Incorrectly Connected
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01217: Left Side Air Bag Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01218: Right Side Air Bag Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01219: Left Rear Side Air Bag Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01220: Right Rear Side Air Bag Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01221: Left Side Air Bag Crash Sensor Open/Short Circuit, Not Valid Or Faulty Sensor
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01222: Right Side Air Bag Crash Sensor Open/Short Circuit, Not Valid Or Faulty Sensor
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01223: Signal Open Central Locking
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01228: Passenger-Side Air Bag Switch Open Circuit, Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01280: Passenger-Side Air Bag Switched Off
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01578: Passenger-Side Air Bag Switched Off Indicator Light Will Not Illuminate
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01588: Left Side Head Air Bag Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01589: Right Side Head Air Bag Resistance High/Low, Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 65535: Air Bag Control Module Defective
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Air Bag/SRS Component Inspection & Replacement Tables - EUROPEAN
      • ALFA Romeo (1991-95)
      • AUDI (1989-04)
      • BMW (1986-04)
      • Jaguar (1990-04)
      • Land Rover (1995-04)
      • MERCEDES-BENZ (1986-04)
      • Mini (2002-04)
      • PORSCHE (1987-04)
      • SAAB (1989-04)
      • VOLKSWAGEN (1990-04)
      • VOLVO (1987-04)
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Contact corrosion!
    • Air bag steering wheel
      • Removing airbag steering wheel
      • Removing steering column switch
    • Steering column, assembly overview:
      • Notes
      • Steering column transport lock
      • Steering angle sensor -G85- on vehicles with ESP
      • Steering column, checking for damage
        • Visual inspection
        • Functional test
      • Steering column, removing and installing
        • Removing
      • Ignition lock housing, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Chiseling out shear bolts
      • Electrically adjustable steering column
        • Notes
        • Description of function:
        • Safety functions:
        • Ingress aid (steering column adjustment)
        • Special features
      • Control module for steering column-belt height adjustment -J352-
        • Installation location:
      • Electric adjustment
        • Notes
        • Height adjustment:
        • Longitudinal adjustment:
        • Memory for steering column adjustment:
        • Ingress aid:
    • Power steering gear, assembly overview
      • Notes
      • Screw plug for steering centering
      • Steering centering:
      • Power steering gear, removing and installing
        • Removing
      • Power steering gear, servicing
        • Notes
        • Tightening clamp with VAG 1275
      • Power steering gear, adjusting
    • Tie rod end, removing and installing
      • Removing
        • Notes
        • Installing
      • Tie rod, removing and installing
        • Special tools and equipment
        • Removing
        • Installing
    • Servotronic, assembly overview
      • Notes
      • Servotronic, Servicing
        • Notes
        • Troubleshooting table
      • Voltage supply for Servotronic, checking
      • Servotronic solenoid valve -N119-, checking
      • Vehicle speed signal, checking
    • Checking oil level, bleeding steering system and checking for leaks
      • Power steering oil level, checking
        • Notes
        • Oil cold
        • Oil at operating temperature (above approx. 50° C):
      • Steering system, bleeding
        • Notes
        • Replacement of the entire steering system or replacement of the steering gear do the following:
        • For changes of one steering system component except the steering box (pump, hoses, etc.):
      • Steering system, checking for leaks
      • Power steering/fluid circuit, assembly overview:
        • General information
      • Vane pump delivery pressure, checking
        • Notes
        • Checking pressure:
      • Assembly overview of vane pump
      • Vane pump, removing and installing
        • Removing
        • Checking and adjusting alignment of ribbed belt
  • Manual Steering
    • Contact corrosion!
    • Air bag steering wheel
      • Removing airbag steering wheel
      • Removing steering column switch
    • Steering column, assembly overview:
      • Notes
      • Steering column transport lock
      • Steering angle sensor -G85- on vehicles with ESP
      • Steering column, checking for damage
        • Visual inspection
        • Functional test
      • Steering column, removing and installing
        • Removing
      • Ignition lock housing, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Chiseling out shear bolts
      • Electrically adjustable steering column
        • Notes
        • Description of function:
        • Safety functions:
        • Ingress aid (steering column adjustment)
        • Special features
      • Control module for steering column-belt height adjustment -J352-
        • Installation location:
      • Electric adjustment
        • Notes
        • Height adjustment:
        • Longitudinal adjustment:
        • Memory for steering column adjustment:
        • Ingress aid:
    • Power steering gear, assembly overview
      • Notes
      • Screw plug for steering centering
      • Steering centering:
      • Power steering gear, removing and installing
        • Removing
      • Power steering gear, servicing
        • Notes
        • Tightening clamp with VAG 1275
      • Power steering gear, adjusting
    • Tie rod end, removing and installing
      • Removing
        • Notes
        • Installing
      • Tie rod, removing and installing
        • Special tools and equipment
        • Removing
        • Installing
    • Servotronic, assembly overview
      • Notes
      • Servotronic, Servicing
        • Notes
        • Troubleshooting table
      • Voltage supply for Servotronic, checking
      • Servotronic solenoid valve -N119-, checking
      • Vehicle speed signal, checking
    • Checking oil level, bleeding steering system and checking for leaks
      • Power steering oil level, checking
        • Notes
        • Oil cold
        • Oil at operating temperature (above approx. 50° C):
      • Steering system, bleeding
        • Notes
        • Replacement of the entire steering system or replacement of the steering gear do the following:
        • For changes of one steering system component except the steering box (pump, hoses, etc.):
      • Steering system, checking for leaks
      • Power steering/fluid circuit, assembly overview:
        • General information
      • Vane pump delivery pressure, checking
        • Notes
        • Checking pressure:
      • Assembly overview of vane pump
      • Vane pump, removing and installing
        • Removing
        • Checking and adjusting alignment of ribbed belt
  • Power Steering
    • Contact corrosion!
    • Air bag steering wheel
      • Removing airbag steering wheel
      • Removing steering column switch
    • Steering column, assembly overview:
      • Notes
      • Steering column transport lock
      • Steering angle sensor -G85- on vehicles with ESP
      • Steering column, checking for damage
        • Visual inspection
        • Functional test
      • Steering column, removing and installing
        • Removing
      • Ignition lock housing, removing and installing
        • Notes
        • Chiseling out shear bolts
      • Electrically adjustable steering column
        • Notes
        • Description of function:
        • Safety functions:
        • Ingress aid (steering column adjustment)
        • Special features
      • Control module for steering column-belt height adjustment -J352-
        • Installation location:
      • Electric adjustment
        • Notes
        • Height adjustment:
        • Longitudinal adjustment:
        • Memory for steering column adjustment:
        • Ingress aid:
    • Power steering gear, assembly overview
      • Notes
      • Screw plug for steering centering
      • Steering centering:
      • Power steering gear, removing and installing
        • Removing
      • Power steering gear, servicing
        • Notes
        • Tightening clamp with VAG 1275
      • Power steering gear, adjusting
    • Tie rod end, removing and installing
      • Removing
        • Notes
        • Installing
      • Tie rod, removing and installing
        • Special tools and equipment
        • Removing
        • Installing
    • Servotronic, assembly overview
      • Notes
      • Servotronic, Servicing
        • Notes
        • Troubleshooting table
      • Voltage supply for Servotronic, checking
      • Servotronic solenoid valve -N119-, checking
      • Vehicle speed signal, checking
    • Checking oil level, bleeding steering system and checking for leaks
      • Power steering oil level, checking
        • Notes
        • Oil cold
        • Oil at operating temperature (above approx. 50° C):
      • Steering system, bleeding
        • Notes
        • Replacement of the entire steering system or replacement of the steering gear do the following:
        • For changes of one steering system component except the steering box (pump, hoses, etc.):
      • Steering system, checking for leaks
      • Power steering/fluid circuit, assembly overview:
        • General information
      • Vane pump delivery pressure, checking
        • Notes
        • Checking pressure:
      • Assembly overview of vane pump
      • Vane pump, removing and installing
        • Removing
        • Checking and adjusting alignment of ribbed belt
  • Steering Column
    • Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-Theft
      • Switches, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Switch from center console, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Switch for menu control, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Light switch, removing and installing
        • Switch for the electrical steering column adjustment, removing and installing
        • Switch for front seat heater, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Sunroof switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove compartment light switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Trunk release and interior monitor, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Central power-lock switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Remote mirror control switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front power window switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear window regulator switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Memory switches for the driver seat, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear seat heater switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Door contact switch, removing and installing
        • Hood contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear lid contact switch, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Interior lighting, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Front interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear interior lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Front reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear reading lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Make-up mirror illumination, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Glove box light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Luggage compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Entrance lights and door safety reflectors, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Lower passenger compartment lights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Lock cylinder heater, servicing
        • Lock cylinder heater control module, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Contact Corrosion
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Horn, servicing
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Horn, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Heated steering wheel
        • Notes
        • Contact Corrosion
        • Heated steering wheel, servicing
      • Anti-theft immobilizer, servicing
        • General information
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Contact Corrosion
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Malfunctioning transponder and/or loss of key procedure
        • Induction coil, replacing
        • Instrument cluster, procedure to change code
        • System test
    • Steering
      • Contact corrosion!
      • Air bag steering wheel
        • Removing airbag steering wheel
        • Removing steering column switch
      • Steering column, assembly overview:
        • Notes
        • Steering column transport lock
        • Steering angle sensor -G85- on vehicles with ESP
        • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Visual inspection
          • Functional test
        • Steering column, removing and installing
          • Removing
        • Ignition lock housing, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Chiseling out shear bolts
        • Electrically adjustable steering column
          • Notes
          • Description of function:
          • Safety functions:
          • Ingress aid (steering column adjustment)
          • Special features
        • Control module for steering column-belt height adjustment -J352-
          • Installation location:
        • Electric adjustment
          • Notes
          • Height adjustment:
          • Longitudinal adjustment:
          • Memory for steering column adjustment:
          • Ingress aid:
      • Power steering gear, assembly overview
        • Notes
        • Screw plug for steering centering
        • Steering centering:
        • Power steering gear, removing and installing
          • Removing
        • Power steering gear, servicing
          • Notes
          • Tightening clamp with VAG 1275
        • Power steering gear, adjusting
      • Tie rod end, removing and installing
        • Removing
          • Notes
          • Installing
        • Tie rod, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Servotronic, assembly overview
        • Notes
        • Servotronic, Servicing
          • Notes
          • Troubleshooting table
        • Voltage supply for Servotronic, checking
        • Servotronic solenoid valve -N119-, checking
        • Vehicle speed signal, checking
      • Checking oil level, bleeding steering system and checking for leaks
        • Power steering oil level, checking
          • Notes
          • Oil cold
          • Oil at operating temperature (above approx. 50° C):
        • Steering system, bleeding
          • Notes
          • Replacement of the entire steering system or replacement of the steering gear do the following:
          • For changes of one steering system component except the steering box (pump, hoses, etc.):
        • Steering system, checking for leaks
        • Power steering/fluid circuit, assembly overview:
          • General information
        • Vane pump delivery pressure, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking pressure:
        • Assembly overview of vane pump
        • Vane pump, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Checking and adjusting alignment of ribbed belt
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Self Leveling Suspension
      • Contact corrosion!
      • Self-leveling suspension, servicing
        • Notes
        • Installation instructions: high-pressure hose
        • Instructions for attaching high-pressure hose to tandem pump
        • Disconnection point at left rear wheel housing
        • Installation position of pressure line at spring cylinder
      • Self-leveling suspension, checking
        • Piston pump, checking delivery
        • Control valve, checking function
          • Notes
          • Checking raising function:
          • Checking lowering function:
        • Control valve and spring cylinder, checking leaks
          • Notes
          • Checking control valve and right spring cylinder:
          • Checking control valve and left spring cylinder
        • Pressure accumulator, checking
          • Notes
          • Checking right pressure accumulator
          • Checking left pressure accumulator
      • Self-leveling suspension, adjusting
  • Front Suspension
    • Suspension - Front
      • Identification
        • Identifying Vehicle Suspension
      • Description
        • Notes
        • Front Suspension
        • Vehicles With Gas Discharge Headlights
      • Inspection
        • Ball Joint Checking
        • Shock Absorber Leaks
        • Shock Absorbers (Removed From Vehicle)
      • Adjustments
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Procedures
        • Wheel Bearing
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Notes
        • Preventing Contact Corrosion
        • Repairing Components
        • SUBFRAME Mount To Chassis
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Guide Link & Bushings (Steel Wheel Bearing Housing)
          • Removal
          • Guide Link Bushing Replacement (Steel Housing)
          • Installation
        • Guide Link (Aluminum Wheel Bearing Housing)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Mounting Bracket
          • Removal & Installation
        • Stabilizer Bar & Bushings
          • Removal & Installation
        • Strut Assembly
          • Removal
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
          • Installation
        • Strut Cartridge
          • Removal & Installation
        • SUBFRAME & SUBFRAME Bushings
          • Removal
          • Subframe Bushing Replacement
          • Installation
        • Track Control Link (Aluminum Wheel Bearing Housing
          • Removal & Installation
        • Track Control Link (Steel Wheel Bearing Housing)
          • Removal
          • Bushing Replacement
          • Installation
        • Upper Control Arms & Bushings
        • Wheel Hub (Light Construction)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Wheel Bearings (Wheel Bearing Housing Removed From Vehicle)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Aluminum Housing)
          • Removal & Installation (Steel Housing)
        • Wheel Bearing Housing (Aluminum)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wheel Bearing Housing (Steel)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • Rear Suspension
    • Suspension - Rear
      • Description
      • Adjustments & Inspection
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Procedures
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Preventing Contact Corrosion
        • Suspension Component Repair Precautions
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shaft
        • Coil Spring
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Headlight Range Control
        • Rear SUBFRAME (AWD)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Bushing Removal
          • Bushing Installation
          • Installation
        • Shock Absorber
          • Removal
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection (Leaks)
          • Inspection (Noises)
          • Inspection (Checking By Hand)
          • Reassembly
          • Installation
        • Stabilizer Bar
          • Removal & Installation
        • Tie Rod
          • Removal & Installation
        • Transverse Link & Bushing
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Bushing Replacement
          • Installation
        • Trapezoidal Link & Bushings
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Disassembly (Front Inner Bushing Halves)
          • Reassembly (Front Inner Bushing Halves)
          • Disassembly & Reassembly (Rear Inner Bushing)
          • Installation
        • Wheel Bearing
          • Notes
          • Wheel Bearing (Bolt-In)
          • Wheel Bearing (Press-In)
        • Wheel Bearing Housing Bushing
          • Replacing Lower Bushing (Wheel Bearing Housing With Bolt-In Bearing)
          • Replacing Lower Bushing (Wheel Bearing Housing With Press-In Bearing)
        • Wheel Bearing Housing
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Wheel Hub (Light Construction)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Reassembly
      • Torque Specifications
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Specifications & Procedures
      • Identification
        • Identifying Suspension Variations
      • Jacking & Hoisting
        • Frame & Underbody
      • Wheel Alignment Procedures
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Checks
          • Notes
          • Vehicles That Have Been In Accidents
        • Wheel Alignment Work Sequence
        • Caster Adjustment (Front Or Rear)
        • Camber Adjustment (Rear)
        • Toe Adjustment (Rear)
          • Rear Toe Adjustment
        • Camber Adjustment (Front)
        • Toe-In Curve Check & Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Bringing Vehicle Into Initial Position For Toe In Curve Alignment (Suspension Variations 1BA, 1BM, 1BE, 1BD, 1BG, 1BN & 1BT)
          • Bringing Vehicle Into Initial Position For Toe-In Curve Alignment (Sport Suspension 1BE)
          • Adjusting Toe-In Curve (All Models)
        • Toe Adjustment (Front)
      • Special Tools
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Notes
        • Additional Vehicle Data
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Abs/EDL/ASR
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General
        • Function
        • VAG1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and entering address word
        • Selecting functions
          • Notes
          • Erase DTC Memory
            • Requirements
          • End Output
      • CAN-bus, function
        • Bus:
        • Can:
        • Two-line bus system, checking
          • The DTC table indicates the bus must be checked
          • Is there is a malfunction?
          • While checking the bus lines, differentiate between the following two situations:
          • Two control modules are communicating across a "two-line bus system"
          • Three or more control modules are communicating across a "two-line bus system"
            • Notes
            • Example 1:
            • Example 2:
            • Example 3:
        • Reconnecting battery, procedures
          • Notes
          • Basic setting for the up and down power windows function
          • Setting the clock
          • Adaptation of throttle valve control module
      • ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR Bosch 5.0
        • Application notes
        • Safety measures and basic rules for troubleshooting
          • Notes
          • Road test
          • If there is a complaint, a pin-pointed troubleshooting must be carried out:
          • Test requirements
        • Technical publications required
        • Function of Bosch ABS 5.0 Series
          • Notes
          • The components of the Bosch type 5.0 system have the following functions:
            • Electronic brake force distribution
            • Abs:
            • EDL:
            • ASR:
        • Table of warning light functions
        • Function of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Notes
          • Technical data of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
          • Notes
          • DTC table
        • Encode control module
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Test table, Display group 1
          • Test table, Display group 2
          • Test table, Display group 3
        • Electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Notes on DTC table
      • ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR Bosch 5.3
        • Application notes
        • Safety measures and basic rules for troubleshooting
          • Notes
          • Road test
          • Test requirements
        • Function of Bosch ABS 5.3 Series
          • Notes
          • The components of the Bosch type 5.3 system have the following functions:
            • Electronic brake force distribution
            • Abs:
            • EDL:
            • ASR:
          • Two communications systems are in use:
        • Table of warning light functions
        • Function of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Notes
          • Technical data of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Encode control module
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Test table, Display group 1
          • Test table, Display group 2
          • Test table, Display group 3
          • Test table, Display group 4
        • Electrical testing
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Note on DTC table
          • Test table
      • Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)
        • Notes
        • Safety measures and troubleshooting basics
          • Notes
          • Test drive
          • Test conditions
        • Technical information required
        • ESP function
          • Notes
          • EBD
          • Abs
          • EDL
          • ASR
          • Esp
            • Notes
            • Examples
          • The new components:
            • Hydraulic pump for traction control -V156- and the sensor for brake pressure -G201-
            • Steering Angle Sensor -G85-
            • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-
            • Sender for rotation rate -G202-
            • Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-
            • The parking brake switch
            • The ABS solenoid valve relay -J106- and the ABS return flow pump relay -J105-
            • ABS/ESP Control Module CAN Bus
        • Indicator light functions, overview
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), specific functions
          • Notes
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Control module versions (scan tool function 01), checking
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory (scan tool function 02), checking
            • DTC table
          • DTC table; DTCs 00000 to 00526
          • DTC table; DTCs 00532 to 01421
          • DTC table; DTCs 01422 to 01425
          • DTC table; DTCs 01435 to 01542
          • DTC table; DTCs 18031 to 65535
        • Basic setting (scan tool function 04)
          • Notes
          • Login procedure (scan tool function 11)
            • Notes
            • Display group 1: Zeroing the steering angle sensor -G85-
            • Display group 2: Activating hydraulic pump for traction control -V156-
            • Display group 3: Activating ESP driving test
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (scan tool function 03)
        • Code Control Module (scan tool function 07)
          • Notes
          • Test sequence
        • Measuring Value Block (scan tool function 08), reading
          • Notes
          • Test table: display group 1 (001)
          • Test table: display group 2 (002)
          • Test table: display group 3 (003)
          • Test table: display group 4 (004)
          • Test table: display group 5 (005)
          • Test table: display group 6 (006)
          • Test table: display group 125
          • Electrical Testing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Electrical test table
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) of tire pressure control system
        • Safety precautions
        • Test requirements:
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) functions
        • Check control module version
        • Check DTC memory
        • DTC table for tire pressure monitoring
        • Encode control module
          • Notes
          • Performing coding
          • Code: 20129
        • Read measured value block
          • Notes
          • Measured value block 001
          • Measured value block 002
          • Measured value block 003
          • Measured value block 004
          • Measured value block 005
          • Measured value block 006
          • Measured value block 007
          • Measured value block 008
          • Measured value block 009
          • Measured value block 010
          • Measured value block 011
          • Measured value block 013
          • Measured value block 014
          • Measured value block 015
          • Measured value block 016
          • Measured value block 017
          • Measured value block 018
          • Measured value block 021
        • Adaptation
      • Tire pressure monitoring system, operating for the first time
    • Wheels, Tires - Tire Pressure Control System
      • Tire pressure control system
        • Tire pressure control system, component overview
        • Repairing tire pressure control system
          • General information
          • Special tools and equipment
        • Wheels/tires, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing metal valve body
          • Tire change
          • Dismounting tire
          • Mounting tire
          • Front reception antennas, removing and installing
          • Left rear reception antennas, removing and installing
          • Right rear reception antennas, removing and installing
        • System, switching on and off
        • Function
    • Wheels, Tires - Wheels & Tires
      • Wheels and tires
        • General information
        • Overview
          • Notes
          • Anti-theft lug bolt
          • Lug bolt versions
        • Balancing wheels on the vehicle
        • Instructions for changing and installing wheels
          • Notes
          • Wheel, installation
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - 5 SPD. Automatic Transmission (01L, AWD)
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), general information
        • Safety precautions
          • Notes
          • Transmission controls
          • Malfunction recognition by the TCM
          • TCM backup functions
          • Mechanical backup with active control module
        • Mechanical backup with non-active control module
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), function
          • Notes
          • MIL functional check
            • Notes
            • Conditions for recognition of a driving cycle (Dcy)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functions
      • Electrical and electronic components, locations
        • Notes
        • Removing and installing Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217-
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Disconnecting multi-pin connector from TCM -J217.-
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), checking
        • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting function
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
        • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), overview of available functions
        • Code Control Module (scan tool function 07)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
        • Erase DTC Memory (function 05)
          • Requirement
        • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
        • Measuring value block table
      • Electrical testing
        • Notes
        • Test requirements
          • Notes
          • Testing
        • Multi-pin connector (88-pin connector) of TCM -J217- (socket numbers on VAG 1598/20)
        • Overview of test steps (of 88-pin connector)
        • Electrical test table
        • Multi-function switch -F125-connector, disconnecting, terminal locations
          • Disconnecting connector
          • Terminal locations on 8-pin connector
        • Wiring harness between Transmission Control Module (TCM) and transmission, checking
          • Notes
          • Test requirements
          • Checking wiring connection to 16-pin connector on transmission
          • Checking wiring to 8-pin connector for multi-function switch
      • Transmission Shift Elements
        • Transmission diagram for all-wheel drive
        • Shift element positions
    • Removal & Installation - A/T (01L, AWD)
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Oil Pan Gasket
        • Transmission
      • Removal & Installation
        • Battery Disconnect Precautions
          • 1997-99
          • 2000-03
        • Transaxle
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Servicing - A/T (01L, AWD)
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Oil Pan Gasket
        • Transmission
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level
          • Notes
          • 01L Transaxle
          • Front Final Drive
          • Rear Final Drive
          • Transfer Case
        • Recommended Fluid
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
          • Notes
          • 01L Transaxle
          • Transfer Case
        • ATF Lines & ATF Cooler Flushing
          • Notes
          • 01L Transaxle
      • Inspection
        • Selector Lever Controls
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Drive Shaft
          • Notes
          • Carbon Fiber
          • Steel
        • Locking Cable
          • Notes
          • Checking
          • Adjusting
        • Selector Lever Cable
          • Checking
          • Adjustments
      • Removal & Installation
        • Battery Disconnect Precautions
          • 1997-99
          • 2000-03
        • Center Console
          • Removal & Installation
        • Differential Cover "O" Ring
          • Removal & Installation
        • Drive Shaft
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Carbon Fiber)
          • Removal & Installation (Steel)
        • Drive Shaft Output Flange Seal
          • Removal & Installation
        • Left Drive Flange
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Left Drive Flange Ball Bearing
          • Removal & Installation
        • Left Front Drive Flange Sealing Ring
          • Removal & Installation
        • Locking Cable
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Oil Pan
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Final Drive
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Final Drive Flange Sealing Rings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Final Drive Shaft Flange Sealing Ring
          • Removal & Installation
        • Right Front Drive Flange Sealing Ring
          • Removal & Installation
        • Selector Lever Mechanism
          • Removal & Installation
        • Selector Lever Cable
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Selector Lever Shaft Sealing Ring
          • Removal & Installation
        • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor Impulse Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Column Switches
          • Removal & Installation
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation.
        • Transmission Range Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Transmission Rpm Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Valve Body
          • Removal & Installation
        • Wiring Harness
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
• External Pages